Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

he has only a weak case

  • 1 weak

    adjective
    1) (lit. or fig.) schwach; matt [Lächeln]; schwach ausgeprägt [Kinn]; jämmerlich [Kapitulation]; (easily led) labil [Charakter, Person]

    go/feel weak at the knees — weiche Knie kriegen/haben

    weak eyes or sight — schlechte Augen

    his French/maths is rather weak, he's rather weak in French/maths — in Französisch/Mathematik ist er ziemlich schwach

    somebody's weak side or point — jemandes schwache Seite od. schwacher Punkt od. Schwachpunkt

    he has only a weak case — seine Sache steht auf schwachen Füßen

    2) (watery) schwach [Kaffee, Tee]; wässrig, wässerig [Suppe]; dünn [Bier, Suppe, Kaffee, Tee]
    * * *
    [wi:k]
    1) (lacking in physical strength: Her illness has made her very weak.) schwach
    2) (not strong in character: I'm very weak when it comes to giving up cigarettes.) schwach
    3) ((of a liquid) diluted; not strong: weak tea.) dünn
    4) ((of an explanation etc) not convincing.) schwach
    5) ((of a joke) not particularly funny.) schwach
    •
    - academic.ru/81470/weakly">weakly
    - weaken
    - weakling
    - weakness
    - have a weakness for
    * * *
    [wi:k]
    1. (not strong) schwach; coffee, tea schwach, dünn
    to be/feel as \weak as a kitten ganz matt sein/sich akk ganz schlapp fühlen fam
    to be/go \weak at the knees weiche Knie haben/bekommen
    to be \weak with desire/hunger/thirst schwach vor Begierde/Hunger/Durst sein
    to feel \weak sich akk schwach fühlen
    \weak chin schwach ausgeprägtes Kinn
    \weak link ( fig) schwaches Glied fig
    \weak spot ( fig) schwache Stelle fig
    the \weaker sex das schwache Geschlecht fig
    2. (ineffective) leader unfähig, schwach; argument, attempt schwach
    ▪ to be \weak [on sth] [in etw dat] schwach sein
    the report is strong on criticism but rather \weak on suggestions for improvement der Bericht übt scharfe Kritik, bietet aber kaum Verbesserungsvorschläge
    3. (below standard) schwach
    he was always \weak at languages but strong at science er war schon immer schwach in Sprachen, dafür aber gut in Naturwissenschaften
    * * *
    [wiːk]
    1. adj (+er)
    schwach; character labil; tea, solution etc dünn; stomach empfindlich

    to go/feel weak at the knees (after illness) — sich wackelig fühlen, wackelig or schwach auf den Beinen sein (inf); (with fear, excitement etc) weiche Knie haben/bekommen

    her maths is weak, she is weak at or in maths — sie ist schwach in Mathe

    what are his weak points? — wo liegen seine Schwächen?

    the weak link (in the chain) — das schwache Glied in der Kette

    2. n
    * * *
    weak [wiːk] adj (adv weakly)
    1. allg schwach (Argument, Stimme, Widerstand etc):
    weak from hunger hungergeschwächt;
    be weak at the knees umg weiche Knie haben;
    weak in ( oder at) Latin schwach in Latein;
    weak at home SPORT heimschwach; → sex A 2
    2. MED schwach:
    a) empfindlich (Magen etc): → nerve A 1
    b) kränklich
    3. (charakter)schwach, haltlos, labil: → point A 24
    4. schwach, dünn (Tee etc)
    5. LING schwach (Akzent):
    weak ending LIT proklitisches Versende;
    weak inflection (bes Br inflexion) schwache Flexion
    6. WIRTSCH schwach, flau (Markt etc)
    7. FOTO schwach, weich (Negativ)
    * * *
    adjective
    1) (lit. or fig.) schwach; matt [Lächeln]; schwach ausgeprägt [Kinn]; jämmerlich [Kapitulation]; (easily led) labil [Charakter, Person]

    go/feel weak at the knees — weiche Knie kriegen/haben

    weak eyes or sight — schlechte Augen

    his French/maths is rather weak, he's rather weak in French/maths — in Französisch/Mathematik ist er ziemlich schwach

    somebody's weak side or point — jemandes schwache Seite od. schwacher Punkt od. Schwachpunkt

    2) (watery) schwach [Kaffee, Tee]; wässrig, wässerig [Suppe]; dünn [Bier, Suppe, Kaffee, Tee]
    * * *
    adj.
    energielos adj.
    schwach adj.

    English-german dictionary > weak

  • 2 être

    être [εtʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 61
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. to be
    • soyez sages ! be good!
    • elle est des nôtres she's one of us ; ( = elle vient avec nous) she's coming with us
    • serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?
    • quel jour sommes-nous ? (date) what's the date today? ; (jour) what day is it today?
    2. <
       a. (passif) to be
    • être fabriqué par... to be made by...
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les temps composés anglais sont généralement formés avec le verbe to have et non to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?
    3. <
       a. to be
    • où étais-tu ? where were you?
       b. ( = aller)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year
    4. <
       a. ► il est + adjectif it is
    • il est étrange que... it's odd that...
    • quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?
       c. ► il est + nom (literary) (nom singulier) there is ; (nom pluriel) there are
    • il est un pays où... there is a country where...
    • il est des gens qui... there are people who...
    • il était une fois... once upon a time there was...
       d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom
    • c'est le médecin (en désignant) that's the doctor ; (au téléphone, à la porte) it's the doctor
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was him
       e. ► c'est + adjectif it is
    • ça c'est vrai ! that's true!
    • un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel
    • voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never do
       f. (locutions)
    ► c'est... qui
    • c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying
    • c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!
    • ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)
    quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money
    • c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!
    • ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?
    • est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?
    • est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?
    • est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?
    • est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?
    • quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?
    • où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas
    5. <
       a. ( = créature) being
       b. ( = individu) person
    * * *

    I ɛtʀ
    verbe intransitif (+ v avoir)
    1)

    voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is

    qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?

    2)

    je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute

    3)

    il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us

    fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal

    ••

    on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever


    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold
    Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire
    Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc
    être = verbe auxiliaire
    être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais
    au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year
    au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned
    être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge
    Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant
    Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well
    être = aller
    Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant
    Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)
    est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?
    Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?
    est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné
    Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?
    c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?
    Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends
    De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc
    Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...
    En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers
    c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables
    c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose
    La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text
    c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?
    ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher
    être = verbe impersonnel
    il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining
    On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois
    il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée
    il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood
    Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate
    j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour
    être + prépositions
    La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de
    Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’
    Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante
    Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'
    Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc
    La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction
    Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part
    Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

    II ɛtʀ
    nom masculin
    1) ( organisme vivant) being

    un être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature

    2) ( personne) person

    un être cher or aimé — a loved one

    3) ( nature intime) being

    ••
    Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold
    Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire
    Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc
    être = verbe auxiliaire
    être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais
    au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year
    au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned
    être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge
    Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant
    Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well
    être = aller
    Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant
    Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)
    est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?
    Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?
    est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné
    Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?
    c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?
    Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends
    De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc
    Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...
    En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers
    c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables
    c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose
    La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text
    c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?
    ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher
    être = verbe impersonnel
    il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining
    On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois
    il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée
    il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood
    Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate
    j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour
    être + prépositions
    La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de
    Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’
    Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante
    Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'
    Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires
    Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc
    La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction
    Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part
    Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again
    * * *
    ɛtʀ
    1. nm
    1) (état, description) to be

    Il est instituteur. — He's a teacher.

    Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.

    Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.

    Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.

    être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb

    Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.

    C'est à moi. — It's mine.

    C'est à eux. — It's theirs.

    C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.

    Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.

    Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.

    4) (obligation, but)

    être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.

    C'est à essayer. — You should try it.

    Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...

    3. vi
    1) (= se trouver) to be

    Je ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.

    Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.

    3) (= faire partie) to be

    être de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...

    Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.

    4) (= exister) to be

    être ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...

    en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth

    Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.

    Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.

    4. vb aux

    Il est parti. — He has left., He has gone.

    Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.

    Il a été promu. — He has been promoted.

    5. vb impers

    il est... — it is...

    Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.

    Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.

    See:
    * * *
    I.
    être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi
    1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;
    2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;
    3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.
    on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.
    II.
    être nm
    1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defencelessGB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;
    2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;
    3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;
    4 Philos l'être being.
    I
    [ɛtr] nom masculin
    1. BIOLOGIE & PHILOSOPHIE being
    l'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being
    3. [personne] person
    4. [cœur, âme] being, heart, soul
    II
    [ɛtr] verbe intransitif
    A.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]
    1. [exister] to be, to exist
    B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]
    1. [suivi d'un attribut] to be
    Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me
    2. [suivi d'une préposition]
    j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I stay
    a. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyone
    b. [au bureau] I won't see anybody
    je suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yours
    tout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?
    vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08
    être de [provenir de] to be from, to come from
    être de [dater de]: l'église est du XVIe the church is from ou dates back to the 16th century
    être en [lieu]: être en prison/en France to be in prison/in France
    être sans: vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... I'm sure you're aware that...
    j'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasure
    où en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?
    en être à faire quelque chose: j'en suis à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...
    tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!
    j'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everything
    y être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!
    mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!
    en être (familier) , être de ceux-là (familier) [être homosexuel] to be one of them
    3. [dans l'expression du temps] to be
    nous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/Thursday
    C.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go
    ————————
    [ɛtr] verbe impersonnel
    1. [exister]
    il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...
    2. [pour exprimer l'heure]
    3. (soutenu & locution)
    ————————
    [ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire
    1. [sert à former les temps composés]
    je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down
    2. [sert à former le passif]
    3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]
    cela étant locution adverbiale
    [dans ces circonstances] things being what they are
    [cela dit] having said that

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > être

  • 3 leave

    1. I
    1) it was dawn, before men began to leave рассвело, прежде чем люди стали расходиться; it is time [for us] to leave, it is time we left [нам] пора [уже] уходить
    2) I decided to leave я решил уйти (бросить работу, учебу и т. п.); the cook has threatened to leave кухарка угрожала уйти /бросить работу/; my secretary is leaving мой секретарь уходит с работы
    2. II
    leave in some manner leave willingly (unwillingly, surreptitiously, etc.) охотно и т. д. уходить или уезжать; leave at some time leave late (early, this week, etc.) уходить или уезжать поздно и т. д.,
    3. III
    1) leave some place leave Moscow (the village, one's country, etc.) уезжать из Москвы и т.д., покидать Москву и т. д.; leave harbour выходить из гавани; leave the room! выйди из комнаты!; leave one's bed (the table) вставать с постели (из-за стола); leave the road съехать с дороги; leave the rails (the track) сойти с рельсов
    2) leave smth. leave a book (a parcel, etc.) оставлять книгу и т.д., he has left a note он оставил записку; did he leave a message? он просил передать что-нибудь ?; take it or leave it как хотите, воля ваша
    3) leave smb. leave one's wife (a wife and three children, all one's friends, etc.) бросать жену и т. д. ; I must leave you я должен вас оставить /покинуть/; leave smth. leave a party выйти из партии; leave one's job бросить работу; leave the service оставить службу; he left all and followed her он бросил все и последовал за ней; the boy left home and went to sea мальчик ушел из дому и стал матросом; can I leave the table? можно мне встать из-за стола?; he left his post он покинул свой пост /ушел со своего поста/; he was a fool to leave school (that job, etc.) он дурак, что бросил школу и т. д., let's leave the subject давай оставим эту тему, давай больше не будем об этом говорить
    4) leave smb., smth. leave a wife and two sons (a widow with three children, a large family, a large fortune, nothing but debts, etc.) оставлять после себя жену и двух сыновей и т. д.
    5) leave smth. three from seven (two from five, etc.) leaves four (three, etc.) если вычесть три из семи и т. д. остается /останется/ четыре и т. д., семь минус три и т. д. будет четыре /равняется четырем/ и т. д.
    4. IV
    leave тоже place т some manner leave the village hastily (permanently, secretly, for good, etc.) (поспешно и т. д. покидать деревню; leave smb. , smth. at some time she left the conference ( the meeting, the station, etc.) late (early, immediately, at once, etc.) она поздно и т. д. ушла с конференции и т. д.; his eyes never left her его глаза неотступно следили за ней
    5. V
    leave smb. smth.
    1) leave smb. L 100 (a big fortune, a large estate, all one's money, nothing, etc.) завещать /оставлять/ кому-л. сто фунтов и т. д. [в наследство]; leave him a legacy оставлять ему наследство; leave him bread to eat оставлять ему хлеб; the payment of his debts left him nothing to live upon после уплаты долгов у него ничего не осталось на жизнь
    2) malaria left him a wreck после малярии он стал развалиной; leave a woman a widow оставлять / делать/ женщину вдовой
    6. VI
    leave smth., smb. in some state1)
    leave a door open (a house empty, etc.) оставлять дверь открытой и т. д.; leave a page blank оставлять чистую страницу; leave the question open оставлять вопрос открытым; his acting leaves me cold его игра меня не трогает /не волнует/; his illness has left him weak после болезни он ослабел; the insult left him speechless от оскорбления он [буквально] онемел /потерял дар речи/; leave this poor creature alive пощадите эту бедняжку; leave the books (a knife, a box, a car, etc.) alone не трогать книги и т. д., не прикасаться к книгам и т. д.; I should leave that question alone if I were you на вашем месте я бы не касался этого вопроса; leave her alone не приставайте к ней; leave us alone, please оставьте нас, пожалуйста, в покое
    2)
    leave smb. rich (poor) оставлять кого-л. [после своей смерти] богатым (бедным)
    7. VII
    1) leave smth. to do smth. he left the breakfast to answer the telephone он бросил завтракать и пошел к телефону; this leaves much to be desired это оставляет желать много лучшего
    2) leave smb. to do smth. leave smb. to settle up (to judge, to do it, to attend to the matter, etc.) предоставлять кому-л. расплатиться и т. д.; leave smth. for smb. to do I shall leave the work for him to complete я оставлю /предоставлю/ ему закончить работу
    8. VIII
    leave smb. doing smth. leave smb. waiting (guessing, standing there, etc.) заставлять кого-л. ждать и т. д.
    9. IX
    leave smth., smb. т some state leave the letter unfinished (doors and windows firmly fastened, a cheque unpaid, some things unsaid, etc.) оставлять письмо неоконченным и т. д.; leave smb. stranded покинуть кого-л. в беде
    10. XI
    be left how many are left? сколько остается или осталось? be left with smth., smb. be left alone with smth., smb. остаться наедине с чем-л., кем-л., I am left with no alternative but... мне не остается никакого выбора, креме как...; be left to smb., smth. it was left to me to decide этот вопрос пришлось решать мне; it was left to chance все оставили на волю случая; nothing is left to me but to go мне ничего не остается, кроме как идти; be left till some time this parcel is to be left till called for нужно оставить эту бандероль до тех пор, пока за ней не придут; there is smth. left there are three bottles (strawberries, etc.) left остались три бутылки и т. д.; there is no coffee (no food, etc.) left кофе и т. д., не осталось; have smth. left I have very little money (two roubles, an hour, no time, etc.) left у меня осталось очень мало денег и т. д.; how much time have we got left? сколько осталось времени?; be left in some state some things are better left unsaid о некоторых вещах лучше не говорить
    11. XVI
    1) leave for some place leave for Moscow (for London, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в Москву и т. д.; leave for smth. leave for one's holidays (for one's honeymoon, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в отпуск и т. д.; I was just leaving for work я как раз собирался идти на работу; leave for some time leave for three weeks (for a month, etc.) уезжать на три недели и т. д.; leave at some time leave on Monday (at Christmas, at the end of next term, at noon, at three o'clock, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ в понедельник и т. д.; leave after dinner уехать /уйти, отправиться/ после обеда; the bus (the plane, the train, the flight, the ship, etc.) leaves at twelve o'clock (at eight, on Mondays only, etc.) автобус и т. д. отходит /отправляется/ в двенадцать часов и т. д., leave by smth. leave by the 4 o'clock train (by plane, etc.) уехать четырехчасовым поездом и т. д., leave by the door уйти через дверь; leave in smth. leave in groups (in twoes and threes, etc.) уходить группами и т. д.; leave on smth. leave on business уехать по делам; leave on a trip to Europe отправиться в путешествие по Европе
    2) leave at some time leave on Monday (at the end of the week, etc.) уходить /бросать работу/ с понедельника и т. д.
    12. XVII
    leave without doing smth. leave without seeing her (without giving one's address, without saying goodbye, etc.) уезжать /уходить/, не повидавшись с ней и т. д.
    13. XXI1
    1) leave one place for another leave London for Oxford (England for Japan, etc.) переезжать из Лондона в Оксфорд и т. д.; leave тоже place for smth. leave England for a tour of the world (for a trip to America, etc.) уезжать /отправляться/ из Англии в кругосветное путешествие и т. д.; leave the trenches for rest billets mil. оставить окопы и отойти на отдых; leave some place at some time leave the house at eight o'clock (at noon, in the afternoon, etc.) выходить из дома в восемь часов и т. д.; he left the country in 1907 он уехал из страны /покинул страну/ в тысяча девятьсот седьмом году; he leaves work (school, his office, etc.) at five он уходит с работы и т. д. в пять часов; they leave school at 16 они оканчивают школу в шестнадцать лет; leave some place for some time leave home for a year уехать на год из дома
    2) leave smth. for smb. leave a note for one's husband (a message for one's friend, nothing for me, etc.) оставлять мужу записку и т. д.; leave smth., smb. with smb. leave a card (a book, a parcel, a baby, etc.) with smb. оставлять визитную карточку и т. д. у кого-л.; leave a message with smb. просить кого-л. /поручить кому-л./ передать /сообщить/ (кому-л.) что-л.; leave word with smb. оставлять у кого-л. указания /инструкции/; leave it with me оставьте это у меня; leave smth. in /at/ some place leave one's hat in the hall (a book on the table, one's fountain-pen in the bag, one's bag at the station, one's coat in the cloakroom, etc.) оставлять шляпу в прихожей и т. д.; leave one's things out in the rain оставлять свой вещи под дождем; leave smb., smth. at (on, etc.) smth. leave one's horse at the door (her at the corner, the children on the porch, etc.) оставлять лошадь у входа и т. д., leave a forest (a turning, a place, an object, etc.) on one's right (on one's left) оставлять лес и т. д. справа (слева); leave the church on your left and go up the hill церковь останется справа, а вы поднимитесь по холму, у церкви поверните направо и поднимитесь по холму; let's leave it at that давай на этом остановимся, давай больше не будем это обсуждать; leave smth. till /until/ some time I shall leave this homework till /until/ tomorrow я оставлю это задание на завтра
    3) leave smth. to /with/ smb., smth. leave all the work (all the responsibility, etc.) to her свалить всю работу и т. д. на нее; leave the choice to him (the decision with them, the matter to time, the solution to chance, the ending to the imagination of the reader, etc.) предоставлять выбор ему и т. д., leave that to me предоставьте это мне; I'll leave it to you я оставляю это на ваше усмотрение; I leave it to you whether I am right or wrong предоставляю вам решить, прав я или нет; leave it to him to discover the truth предоставьте ему самому узнать всю правду; leave smth. out of smth. leave a point (a fact, an event, etc.) out of account /out of consideration/ не учитывать какой-л. момент и т. д.; leave smb. out of smth. leave him out of the match (out of the conversation, out of an agreement, etc.) не включать его в матч и т. д.; leave smth. in smb.'s hands /charge/ leave the matter (the question, the decision, etc.) in his hands /charge/ предоставьте ему решать этот вопрос и т. д., оставьте это дело и т.д. в его ведении; leave smb. in charge of smth., leave smth. in smb.'s charge he left his servant in charge of the house, he left the house in his servant's charge он оставил дом на слугу
    4) leave smth., smb. at some place leave a book (one's things, an umbrella, a letter, a coat, one's bags, a puppy, a child, etc.) on a bench (in the park, at the station, in the train, etc.) забывать /оставлять/ книгу и т. д. на скамейке и т. д.
    5) leave smb. for smb. leave one's wife for another woman бросить жену ради другой женщины /и уйти к другой/; leave smth. for smth. leave the army for the law (business for literary work, one occupation for another, etc.) бросить армию /уйти из армии/ и стать юристом и т. д., leave smb. in smth. leave one's friends (one's family, etc.) in trouble (in the lurch, in the dark about the case, etc.) оставлять /бросать, покидать/ своих друзей и т. д. в беде и т. д.; leave smb. to smth. leave smb. to his fate (to himself, to his own fortune, to his own resources, to his own thoughts, to his own devices, etc.) предоставлять кого-л. своей судьбе и т. д.
    6) leave smth. to smb., smth. leave a house to him (all his money to charity, etc.) оставлять /завещать/ ему дом и т.д., leave no heir to one's property не оставить после себя наследников; leave smth. behind smb. he left a great name behind him он оставил по себе память
    7) || leave an impression upon smb. произвести на кого-л. впечатление
    14. XXIV1
    leave smth. as smth. leave a few guineas (a letter, etc.) as a guarantee (as one's security, as a retainer, etc.) оставлять несколько гиней и т. д. в качестве залога и т. д.

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > leave

  • 4 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 5 claro

    adj.
    1 obvious, apparent, clear, crisp.
    2 clear, bright, clear-cut, articulate.
    3 definite, distinct.
    intj.
    sure, sure enough, of course.
    m.
    1 clearing, glade, clear space, clear.
    2 gap.
    3 Claro.
    * * *
    1 (gen) clear
    2 (iluminado) bright, well-lit
    3 (color) light
    4 (salsa etc) thin; (café, chocolate, etc) weak
    5 (evidente) clear
    1 clearly
    1 (gen) gap, space; (de bosque) clearing
    2 (en el pelo) bald patch
    ► interjección ¡claro!
    1 of course!
    ■ ¡claro que no puedes! of course you can't!
    \
    a las claras openly
    dejar algo claro to make something clear
    estar claro to be clear
    ¡lo llevas claro! / ¡lo tienes claro! familiar you've got it coming to you!
    más claro,-a que el agua familiar as clear as daylight
    poner en claro to make plain, clear up
    sacar en claro to get out
    claro de luna moonlight
    mente clara figurado clear mind
    ————————
    1 (gen) gap, space; (de bosque) clearing
    2 (en el pelo) bald patch
    * * *
    1. (f. - clara)
    adj.
    4) fair, light
    5) weak, thin
    2. adv.
    2) sure
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=no oscuro) [piel] fair; [color] light, pale

    un vestido verde claro — a light o pale green dress

    2) (=evidente)
    a) [con sustantivos] [ejemplo, prueba, ventaja] clear; [inconveniente] obvious; [desastre] total, absolute

    España ganó por un claro 15-6 — Spain won a decisive 15-6 victory, Spain were clear winners by 15-6

    ... aseguró, en clara referencia a sus superiores —... he asserted, clearly referring o in an obvious reference to his superiors

    b) [con verbos]

    • dejar algo claro — to make sth clear

    dejar las cosas claras o en claro — to get things clear, get things straight *

    • estar claro — to be clear

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    estar claro que — to be clear that, be obvious that

    está claro que así no vamos a ninguna parte — it's clear o obvious that we'll get nowhere like this

    • quedar claro — to be clear

    si te lees la bibliografía, te quedará todo más claro — if you read the books on the reading list, it'll all be clearer to you o you'll have a better idea of things

    • tener algo claro — to be sure of sth, be clear about sth

    ni siquiera tengo claro lo que me espera mañana — I'm not even sure o clear what's in store for me tomorrow

    no lo tengo nada claro — I'm not at all sure, I don't really know

    c)

    a las claras —

    las cuentas claras —

    llevarlo Esp o tenerlo claro iró —

    sacar algo en claro (de algo) —

    solo hemos sacado en claro que no pretende dimitir — all that we can safely o definitely say is that he has no intention of resigning

    lo único que la policía consiguió sacar en claro durante el interrogatorio — the only definite thing the police got from the interview

    ver algo claro —

    3) (=poco espeso) [té, café] weak; [caldo] thin
    4) (=luminoso) [día, mañana] bright; [habitación, casa] light, bright
    5) (=transparente) [agua] clear; [tejido] transparent
    6) (=nítido) [sonido, voz] clear; [imagen] sharp, clear
    7) (=escaso) [pelo] thin; [bosque] light, sparse
    8) (=preciso) [idea] clear

    una mente clara — (lit) a clear mind; (fig) a clear thinker

    9) (=sincero) frank
    2. ADV
    1) (=con precisión) [oír, ver, hablar] clearly
    2) (=sinceramente) frankly

    • hablar claro — to speak frankly, be frank

    3) [tras invitaciones, peticiones] sure

    -¿puedo usar tu coche mañana? -¡claro! — "can I use your car tomorrow?" - "sure!"

    -¿queréis venir a cenar? -¡claro! — "would you like to come to dinner?" - "sure!"

    4) [uso enfático]

    ¡claro! por eso estaba ayer tan rara — of course! that's why she was acting so funny yesterday

    a menos que, claro está, él también la conozca — unless of course he knows her too

    -¿por qué no te disfrazas tú? -¡claro, para que os riáis de mí todos! — "why don't you dress up?" - "oh sure, so you can all laugh at me!"

    • claro que, claro que nadie se imaginaba lo que vendría después — of course nobody could imagine what would happen afterwards

    ¡claro que no! — of course not!

    ¡claro que sí! — yes, of course!

    3. SM
    1) (Meteo) bright spell, sunny interval
    2) [de tiempo] lull
    3) (=espacio despejado) [entre personas] space; [entre árboles] clearing; [de pelo] bald patch
    4) [en un texto] gap, space; [en discurso] pause
    5) (Arquit) (=claraboya) skylight; (=abertura) window (opening)
    6) Caribe (Culin) guava jelly
    7) Caribe (=bebida) sugar-cane brandy
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) ( luminoso) <cielo/habitación> bright
    2) ( pálido) <color/verde/azul> light, pale; < piel> fair

    tiene los ojos claros — she has blue/green/gray eyes

    3) <salsa/sopa> thin
    4) <agua/sonido> clear; <ideas/explicación/instrucciones> clear; <situación/postura> clear

    que quede bien claro que... — I want it to be quite clear that...

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    quiero dejar (en) claro que... — I want to make it very o quite clear that...

    a las claras: díselo a las claras tell her straight; llevarlo claro (Esp fam) to be in for a shock; sacar algo en claro de algo — to make sense of something

    5) ( evidente) clear, obvious

    está claro que... — it is clear o obvious that...

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo — unless, of course, he's lying

    II
    1) < ver> clearly

    voy a hablarte claro — I'm not going to beat around o about the bush

    me lo dijo muy claro — he made it very o quite clear (to me)

    claro que no! — no, of course not!

    claro que sí! — of course, absolutely!

    b) ( como enlace) mind you

    nadie le creyó, claro no es de extrañar — nobody believed him. Mind you, it's not surprising

    claro, así cualquiera puede — well, of course anyone can do it like that

    díselo - claro, para que me regañe ¿no? — (iró) tell him - oh sure, and have him tell me off, right? (iro)

    III
    1) ( en bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    2) (Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    * * *
    = apparent, clear [clearer -comp., clearest -sup.], clear-cut, crisp [crisper -comp., crispest -sup.], definite, distinct, light, neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], straightforward, tidy, distinctive, designated, uncloudy, unclouded, unclouded, cloudless, forthright, uncompromising, unqualified, cut and dried [cut and dry], patent.
    Ex. Menu-based information retrieval system have found favour because of their apparent simplicity.
    Ex. In practice the distinction between one term and the next is not very clear.
    Ex. The hierarchical relationship is relatively clear-cut, and rather precise guideliness can be formulated to ensure that the BT/NT relationship is consistently applied.
    Ex. A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.
    Ex. I don't see that we are going to stand a chance unless there is something very definite coming out of this conference and similar conferences where these ideas are advanced.
    Ex. Against this proliferation of hosts there is a distinct awareness amongst users of the need for the rationalisation.
    Ex. To match the small amount of existing furniture which was reused, internal joinery and furniture is in a light coloured timber.
    Ex. What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex. To reiterate, there are two main categories of relationship: the syntactic relationships referred to in the last paragraph and plain, for example, in a topic such as 'sugar and health'.
    Ex. Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex. This was all very tidy, but who was to judge significance?.
    Ex. A patron may submit a beautifully legible request for a book with a distinctive author and title, accompanied by a reference to the journal article from which the citation was gleaned.
    Ex. It is tremendously valuable to library staff (particularly in libraries with a designated departmental structure) to maintain close professional ties with local academic departments.
    Ex. In that case, the peak of solar energy could be at an uncloudy moment in the morning or afternoon, even though the sun wasn't highest in the sky at that moment.
    Ex. As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex. As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex. This is the first cloudless image of the Earth from space.
    Ex. We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.
    Ex. What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex. Wing has not had the almost unqualified praise from the reviewers that Pollard and Redgrave received.
    Ex. One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex. It was patent that they could not compete on equal terms with the economic and social forces of a complex civilization.
    ----
    * cantarlas claras = call + a spade a spade.
    * con una meta clara = focused [focussed].
    * con un objetivo claro = focused [focussed].
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, send + a clear signal that.
    * de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * en + Lengua + claro = in plain + Lengua.
    * en términos claros = in simple terms.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * no dar una impresión clara = send + mixed signals.
    * no está claro todavía = the jury is still out (on).
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * pasta de clara de huevo = glair.
    * poco claro = fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * sin una meta clara = unfocused [unfocussed].
    * sin un objetivo claro = non-purposive, unfocused [unfocussed].
    * tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * violeta claro = periwinkle.
    * * *
    I
    - ra adjetivo
    1) ( luminoso) <cielo/habitación> bright
    2) ( pálido) <color/verde/azul> light, pale; < piel> fair

    tiene los ojos claros — she has blue/green/gray eyes

    3) <salsa/sopa> thin
    4) <agua/sonido> clear; <ideas/explicación/instrucciones> clear; <situación/postura> clear

    que quede bien claro que... — I want it to be quite clear that...

    ¿está claro? — is that clear?

    quiero dejar (en) claro que... — I want to make it very o quite clear that...

    a las claras: díselo a las claras tell her straight; llevarlo claro (Esp fam) to be in for a shock; sacar algo en claro de algo — to make sense of something

    5) ( evidente) clear, obvious

    está claro que... — it is clear o obvious that...

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo — unless, of course, he's lying

    II
    1) < ver> clearly

    voy a hablarte claro — I'm not going to beat around o about the bush

    me lo dijo muy claro — he made it very o quite clear (to me)

    claro que no! — no, of course not!

    claro que sí! — of course, absolutely!

    b) ( como enlace) mind you

    nadie le creyó, claro no es de extrañar — nobody believed him. Mind you, it's not surprising

    claro, así cualquiera puede — well, of course anyone can do it like that

    díselo - claro, para que me regañe ¿no? — (iró) tell him - oh sure, and have him tell me off, right? (iro)

    III
    1) ( en bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    2) (Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    * * *
    = apparent, clear [clearer -comp., clearest -sup.], clear-cut, crisp [crisper -comp., crispest -sup.], definite, distinct, light, neat [neater -comp., neatest -sup.], plain [plainer -comp., plainest -sup.], straightforward, tidy, distinctive, designated, uncloudy, unclouded, unclouded, cloudless, forthright, uncompromising, unqualified, cut and dried [cut and dry], patent.

    Ex: Menu-based information retrieval system have found favour because of their apparent simplicity.

    Ex: In practice the distinction between one term and the next is not very clear.
    Ex: The hierarchical relationship is relatively clear-cut, and rather precise guideliness can be formulated to ensure that the BT/NT relationship is consistently applied.
    Ex: A crisp, even impression became the norm, along with the use of respectable paper and ink.
    Ex: I don't see that we are going to stand a chance unless there is something very definite coming out of this conference and similar conferences where these ideas are advanced.
    Ex: Against this proliferation of hosts there is a distinct awareness amongst users of the need for the rationalisation.
    Ex: To match the small amount of existing furniture which was reused, internal joinery and furniture is in a light coloured timber.
    Ex: What is possibly less easy is to making sure that the guiding stays clean, neat and accurate.
    Ex: To reiterate, there are two main categories of relationship: the syntactic relationships referred to in the last paragraph and plain, for example, in a topic such as 'sugar and health'.
    Ex: Even in this apparently straightforward situation, complications can arise.
    Ex: This was all very tidy, but who was to judge significance?.
    Ex: A patron may submit a beautifully legible request for a book with a distinctive author and title, accompanied by a reference to the journal article from which the citation was gleaned.
    Ex: It is tremendously valuable to library staff (particularly in libraries with a designated departmental structure) to maintain close professional ties with local academic departments.
    Ex: In that case, the peak of solar energy could be at an uncloudy moment in the morning or afternoon, even though the sun wasn't highest in the sky at that moment.
    Ex: As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex: As they grow up in those heady post-war years, in the blue unclouded weather of the late 1940s, these are the sisters you'll never forget.
    Ex: This is the first cloudless image of the Earth from space.
    Ex: We have been told once, in clear and forthright terms, what it is that we need.
    Ex: What precipitated that furor was that Panizzi's volume represented a uncompromising rejection of the comfortable ideology of the finding catalog.
    Ex: Wing has not had the almost unqualified praise from the reviewers that Pollard and Redgrave received.
    Ex: One of them snipped Ben Kline's life short, and Marla's determined to get to the root of a case that's anything but cut and dried.
    Ex: It was patent that they could not compete on equal terms with the economic and social forces of a complex civilization.
    * cantarlas claras = call + a spade a spade.
    * con una meta clara = focused [focussed].
    * con un objetivo claro = focused [focussed].
    * cuestiones poco claras = grey area [gray area].
    * de forma clara = clearly.
    * dejar bien claro = make + it + crystal clear, make + Reflexivo + crystal clear.
    * dejar claro = make + it + clear, send + a clear signal that.
    * de manera clara = distinctly, clearly.
    * de modo claro = transparently.
    * en + Lengua + claro = in plain + Lengua.
    * en términos claros = in simple terms.
    * estar claro = be plain, be out in the open.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * las cosas + estar + claras = the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * nada claro = unclear, uncleared.
    * no dar una impresión clara = send + mixed signals.
    * no está claro todavía = the jury is still out (on).
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * pasta de clara de huevo = glair.
    * poco claro = fuzzy [fuzzier - comp., fuzziest -sup.], indistinct, obscure, unclear, untidy, hazy, inconclusive, slurred, clouded, undistinguished, uncleared, indistinctive.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * ser algo muy claro = be a dead giveaway.
    * sin una meta clara = unfocused [unfocussed].
    * sin un objetivo claro = non-purposive, unfocused [unfocussed].
    * tan claro como el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.
    * tener claro = be clear in your mind.
    * violeta claro = periwinkle.

    * * *
    claro1 -ra
    A (luminoso) ‹cielo› bright; ‹habitación› bright, light
    el día amaneció claro the day dawned bright and clear
    B (pálido) ‹color/verde/azul› light, pale; ‹piel› fair, white
    tiene los ojos claros she has blue/green/gray eyes
    el típico sueco rubio y de ojos claros the typical blue-eyed, blond Swede
    C ‹salsa/sopa› thin; ‹café/té› weak
    D ‹agua/sonido› clear
    habló con voz clara she spoke in a clear voice
    E ‹ideas/explicación/instrucciones› clear; ‹situación/postura› clear
    consiguieron una clara ventaja they gained a clear advantage
    tiene muy claro lo que quiere en la vida she is very clear o sure about what she wants out of life, she knows exactly what she wants out of life
    que quede bien claro que … I want it to be quite clear that …
    lo harás como yo te diga, ¿está claro? you'll do it the way I say, is that clear o do I make myself clear?
    quiero dejar (en) claro que … or que quede bien (en) claro que … I want to make it very o quite clear that …, let it be very o quite clear that …
    a las claras: no me lo dijo a las claras she didn't tell me in so many words o straight out o ( AmE) right off
    no seas cobarde y díselo a las claras don't be a coward, tell her straight
    llevarlo claro ( Esp fam) (estar equivocado) to be in for a shock o a disappointment; (enfrentarse a algo difícil) to have one's work cut out ( colloq)
    pasar la noche en claro to lie o be awake all night
    sacar algo en claro de algo to make sense of sth
    ¿tú sacaste algo en claro de lo que dijo? did you manage to make any sense of what he said?
    F (evidente) clear, obvious
    hay pruebas claras de que miente there is clear evidence that he is lying
    está claro que ella es la culpable it is clear o obvious that she is the culprit, she is clearly o obviously the culprit
    … a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo … unless, of course, he's lying
    A ‹hablar/ver›
    voy a hablarte claro I'm not going to beat around o about the bush, I'm going to give it to you straight ( colloq)
    ahora lo veo claro I see it all clearly now, now I get it! ( colloq)
    me lo dijo muy claro he made it very o quite clear (to me)
    claro y raspado ( Ven fam); straight
    me lo dijo todo claro y raspado he told me straight, he didn't beat around o about the bush
    B ( indep)
    ¡claro que lo sabe! of course she knows!
    ¿te gustaría verlo? — ¡claro! would you like to see it? — yes, I'd love to o ( colloq) sure!
    ¿lo hizo? — ¡claro que no! did he do it? — no, of course not! o no, of course he didn't!
    2 (como enlace) mind you
    nadie le creyó, claro que conociéndolo no es de extrañar nobody believed him. Mind you, knowing him it's not surprising
    lo ayudó la madre — claro, así cualquiera his mother helped him — well, of course anyone can do it like that
    anda, díselo tú — claro, para que me eche a mí la bronca ¿no? ( iró); go on, you tell him — oh sure o oh fine o I see, so that way it's me he gets mad at, right? ( iro)
    A (en un bosque) clearing; (en el pelo, la barba) bald patch
    había algunos claros en las gradas there were a few empty spaces in the stand
    B ( Meteo) sunny spell o period o interval
    Compuesto:
    moonlight
    * * *

     

    claro 1
    ◊ -ra adjetivo

    a) ( luminoso) ‹cielo/habitación› bright

    b) ( pálido) ‹color/verde/azul› light, pale;

    ‹ piel› fair;
    ◊ tiene los ojos claros she has blue/green/gray eyes

    c) ‹salsa/sopa› thin

    d) ‹agua/sonido› clear;

    ‹ideas/explicación/instrucciones› clear;
    ‹situación/postura› clear;

    ¿está claro? is that clear?;
    quiero dejar (en) claro que … I want to make it clear that …;
    sacar algo en claro de algo to make sense of sth

    ◊ está claro que … it is clear o obvious that …;

    a no ser, claro está, que esté mintiendo unless, of course, he's lying
    claro 2 adverbio
    1 ‹ ver› clearly;
    ◊ voy a hablarte claro I'm not going to beat around o about the bush;

    me lo dijo muy claro he made it very quite clear (to me)
    2 ( indep) ( en exclamaciones de asentimiento) of course
    ■ sustantivo masculino

    (en pelo, barba) bald patch
    b) (Meteo) sunny spell o period

    claro,-a
    I adjetivo
    1 (despejado, evidente) clear: tengo muy claro que no va a volver, I'm quite sure she won't come back
    un asunto poco claro, a shady deal
    2 (poco espeso) thin
    3 (color) light
    II sustantivo masculino
    1 (de un bosque) clearing
    2 (entre las nubes) break in the clouds
    3 claro de luna, moonlight
    III adverbio clearly: deberías hablar claro, you must speak clearly
    IV exclamación of course!
    ¡claro que puedo!, of course I can!
    ♦ Locuciones: a las claras, clearly
    dejar algo claro, to make something clear
    lo lleva claro si piensa que voy a tolerarlo, she can be quite sure that i?m not going to put up with it
    sacar algo en claro, to draw a conclusion: después de tanta discusión, no sacamos nada en claro, we were back to square one after hours of discussion
    ' claro' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    clara
    - escarceo
    - estar
    - hombre
    - nebulosa
    - nebuloso
    - nítida
    - nítido
    - notoria
    - notorio
    - patente
    - poca
    - poco
    - precisa
    - preciso
    - pues
    - rondar
    - sacar
    - salvaje
    - agua
    - celeste
    - color
    - constar
    - hablar
    - lavado
    - neto
    - oscuro
    - palpable
    - que
    - quedar
    - visto
    English:
    ale
    - apparent
    - articulate
    - break
    - broad
    - clean-cut
    - clear
    - clear-cut
    - clearing
    - confusing
    - crystal-clear
    - decided
    - distinct
    - enough
    - fuzzy
    - good
    - ice-blue
    - indistinct
    - let
    - light
    - lucid
    - mousy
    - mud
    - neat
    - obscure
    - outset
    - pale
    - plain
    - precise
    - sharp
    - speak out
    - spell out
    - straight
    - surely
    - tenuous
    - then
    - thin
    - transparently
    - unclear
    - unequivocal
    - why
    - blur
    - by
    - certainly
    - clearly
    - course
    - crystal
    - flash
    - increasingly
    - more
    * * *
    claro, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [luminoso] bright;
    una habitación clara a bright o light room
    2. [color] light;
    verde claro light green
    3. [sonido] clear;
    hablaba con una voz clara she spoke in a clear voice
    4. [sin nubes] clear;
    un día/cielo claro a clear day/sky
    5. [diluido] [té, café] weak;
    [salsa, sopa] thin;
    no me gusta el chocolate claro I don't like my hot chocolate thin
    6. [poco tupido] thin, sparse
    7. [persona, explicación, ideas, libro] clear;
    hablaba con un lenguaje claro she spoke in clear terms;
    dejar algo claro to make sth clear;
    poner algo en claro to get sth clear, to clear sth up;
    que quede (bien) claro que no fue idea mía I want to make it (quite) clear that it wasn't my idea;
    sacar algo en claro (de) to make sth out (from);
    después de escuchar su explicación no saqué nada en claro after listening to her explanation, I was none the wiser;
    tengo claro que no puedo contar con él one thing I'm quite sure about is that I can't rely on him, one thing's for sure, I can't rely on him;
    verlo claro [estar seguro] to be sure;
    pasar una noche en claro to have a sleepless night;
    Esp Fam
    llevarlo o [m5]tenerlo claro: ¡lo lleva o [m5] tiene claro si piensa que le vamos a ayudar! if he thinks we're going to help him, he can think again!;
    si no vienen ellos, lo tenemos claro if they don't come, we've had it
    8. [obvio, evidente] clear;
    el resultado fue claro the result was clear;
    ¿está claro? is that clear?;
    está claro que van a ganar it's clear they're going to win;
    está claro que te quieren engañar it's obvious that they are trying to deceive you, they are obviously trying to deceive you;
    está claro o [m5]claro está que si no quieres, no estás obligado a participar of course o obviously, you're not obliged to participate if you don't want to;
    a no ser, claro, que tengas una idea mejor unless, of course, you have a better idea;
    está más claro que el agua it's perfectly o crystal clear;
    allí no vuelvo, eso está más claro que el agua I'm not going there again, that's for certain
    ♦ nm
    1. [en bosque] clearing;
    [en multitud] space, gap;
    vi un claro en la fila I saw a gap in the row
    2. [en cielo nublado] break in the clouds;
    se esperan nubes y claros it will be cloudy with some bright spells;
    en cuanto haya un claro salimos we'll go out as soon as it brightens up
    3. [calvicie, calva] bald patch
    4. [en pintura] highlight
    5. Arquit skylight
    6. claro de luna moonlight
    ♦ adv
    clearly;
    hablar claro to speak clearly;
    dilo claro, ¿te interesa o no? tell me straight, are you interested or not?;
    ¡claro! of course!;
    ¡claro que sí!, ¡pues claro! of course!;
    ¡claro que no! of course not!;
    ¡claro que me gusta! of course I like it!;
    Irónico
    ¿me ayudarás? – claro, no pensaba en otra cosa will you help me? – oh sure, I wouldn't dream of doing anything else;
    Irónico
    ve tú primero – claro, así si hay algún agujero me caigo yo you go first – oh great o thanks a lot, that way if there's a hole I'll be the one to fall into it;
    claro, con un jugador más ya se puede of course, with an extra player it's hardly surprising;
    la obra no tuvo éxito, claro que conociendo al director no me sorprende the play wasn't a success, but then again that's hardly surprising knowing the director
    ♦ a las claras loc adv
    clearly
    * * *
    I adj
    clear;
    poner en claro make clear;
    dejar claro make plain;
    quedar claro be clear;
    tener algo claro be sure o clear about sth;
    pasar la noche en claro lie awake all night, not sleep a wink;
    a las claras clearly
    2 color light
    3 ( luminoso) bright
    4 salsa thin
    II adv
    :
    hablar claro speak plainly;
    ¡claro! of course!;
    claro está of course
    III m
    1 METEO clear spell
    2 en bosque clearing
    * * *
    claro adv
    1) : clearly
    habla más claro: speak more clearly
    2) : of course, surely
    ¡claro!, ¡claro que sí!: absolutely!, of course!
    claro que entendió: of course she understood
    claro, -ra adj
    1) : bright, clear
    2) : pale, fair, light
    3) : clear, evident
    claro nm
    1) : clearing
    2)
    claro de luna : moonlight
    * * *
    claro1 adj
    1. (en general) clear
    2. (luminoso) bright
    3. (color) light
    claro2 adv clearly
    claro3 interj of course
    claro4 n (en meteorología) sunny interval

    Spanish-English dictionary > claro

  • 6 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidence … to do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 7 for

    fo:
    1. preposition
    1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) para
    2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) para, hacia, en dirección a
    3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) durante
    4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) (pedir dinero); (salir) a (pasear)
    5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) por
    6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) para
    7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) por
    8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?) por
    9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) por, a favor de
    10) (because of: for this reason.) por, a causa de
    11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) para
    12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) para
    13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) por, para
    14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) para
    15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) a pesar de

    2. conjunction
    (because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) ya que, puesto que
    for prep
    1. para
    is this the train for London? ¿es éste el tren que va a Londres?
    2. por
    I bought it for £12 lo compré por 12 libras
    what can I do for you? ¿qué puedo hacer por ti?
    3. desde hace
    4. durante
    5. de
    "T" for Tony "T" de Tony
    what's the word for "cheese" in Spanish? ¿cómo se dice "cheese" en español?
    6. a favor de
    are you for the plan, or against it? ¿estás a favor del plan, o en contra?
    tr[fɔːSMALLr/SMALL]
    1 (intended) para
    ■ there's a phone call for Mr. Smith hay una llamada para el Sr. Smith
    2 (purpose) para
    ■ what's this for? ¿para qué sirve esto?
    ■ shall we meet for lunch? ¿quedamos para comer?
    ■ where do I catch the train for Newcastle? ¿dónde se coge el tren para Newcastle?
    4 (in order to help, on behalf of) por
    5 (because of, on account of) por, a causa de
    ■ a meeting has been called for 10.00 se ha convocado una reunión para las 10.00
    ■ I've lived here for 5 years hace 5 años que vivo aquí, vivo aquí desde hace 5 años
    8 (in exchange, as replacement of) por
    ■ I got it for £500 lo conseguí por 500 libras
    ■ the record went for $50 el disco se vendió por 50 dólares
    9 (in favour of, in support of) por, a favor de
    ■ who did you vote for? ¿a quién votaste?
    ■ are you for or against the new laws? ¿estás a favor o en contra de las nuevas leyes?
    10 (despite) a pesar de, para; (considering, contrast) para
    ■ I still love him, for all his faults lo quiero, a pesar de todos sus defectos
    11 (as) de, como, por
    ■ what do they use for fuel? ¿qué utilizan de combustible?
    ■ for further details... para más información....
    ■ I can't go to the meeting - will you go for me? no puedo asistir a la reunión - ¿quieres ir en mi lugar?
    ■ what's the Spanish for "pool"? ¿cómo se dice "pool" en castellano?
    14 (as regards, concerning) por, en cuanto a
    ■ for my part, he can do as he likes por mí, que haga lo que quiera
    ■ as for him, who cares? en cuanto a él, ¿a quién le importa?
    ■ luckily for us, it didn't rain afortunadamente para nosotros, no llovió
    15 (as part of, as being) por, para
    ■ do you know that for a fact? ¿lo sabes a ciencia cierta?
    ■ what do you want for dinner? ¿qué quieres para comer?
    1 para
    16 formal use literal ya que, puesto que
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as for me por mi parte, en cuanto a mí
    for all I know que yo sepa
    for all that a pesar de todo, con todo
    for good para siempre
    for the first time por primera vez
    for the last time por última vez
    oh for...! ¡ojalá tuviera...!
    ■ oh for a star to guide my way! ¡ojalá tuviera una estrella que me guiara los pasos!
    there's nothing for it but... no hay más remedio que...
    to be for it cargársela
    for ['fɔr] conj
    : puesto que, porque
    for prep
    1) (indicating purpose) : para, de
    clothes for children: ropa para niños
    it's time for dinner: es la hora de comer
    2) because of: por
    for fear of: por miedo de
    a gift for you: un regalo para ti
    he fought for his country: luchó por su patria
    5) (indicating a goal) : por, para
    a cure for cancer: una cura para el cáncer
    for your own good: por tu propio bien
    I bought it for $5: lo compré por $5
    a lot of trouble for nothing: mucha molestia para nada
    7) as for: para, con respecto a
    8) (indicating duration) : durante, por
    he's going for two years: se va por dos años
    I spoke for ten minutes: hablé (durante) diez minutos
    she has known it for three months: lo sabe desde hace tres meses
    conj.
    • para conj.
    • pues conj.
    • ya que conj.
    n.
    • por s.m.
    prep.
    • a causa de prep.
    • como prep.
    • de prep.
    • durante prep.
    • en honor de prep.
    • en lugar de prep.
    • para prep.
    • por prep.

    I fɔːr, fɔː(r), weak form fər, fə(r)
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque
    [fɔː(r)] When for is part of a phrasal verb, eg look for, make for, stand for, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg as for, a gift for, for sale, eager for, look up the other word.
    1. PREPOSITION
    1) (=going to) para
    2) (=intended for) para

    is this for me? — ¿es para mí esto?

    we went to Tossa for our holidays — fuimos a pasar las vacaciones a Tossa, fuimos a Tossa para las vacaciones

    • what for? — ¿para qué?

    what's it for? — ¿para qué es or sirve?

    what do you want it for? — ¿para qué lo quieres?

    what did you do that for? — ¿por qué hiciste eso?

    4) (employment) para
    5) (=on behalf of)

    "I can't iron this shirt" - "don't worry, I'll iron it for you" — -no puedo planchar esta camisa -no te preocupes, yo te la plancho

    "I still haven't booked the ticket" - "I'll do it for you" — -no he reservado el billete todavía -ya lo haré yo

    who is the representative for your group? — ¿quién es el representante de vuestro grupo?

    6) (=as in) de
    7) (=in exchange for) por

    he'll do it for £25 — lo hará por 25 libras

    for every one who voted yes, 50 voted no — por cada persona que votó a favor, 50 votaron en contra

    • to pay 50 pence for a ticket — pagar 50 peniques por una entrada

    • pound for pound, it's cheaper — es más económico de libra en libra

    the government will match each donation pound for pound — el gobierno igualará cada donativo, libra a libra

    • I sold it for £5 — lo vendí por or en 5 libras

    8) (=to the value of)

    a cheque for £500 — un cheque or talón por valor de 500 libras

    how much is the cheque for? — ¿por cuánto es el cheque?

    he's tall/mature for his age — es alto/maduro para su edad or para la edad que tiene

    it was too difficult for her — era demasiado difícil para ella, le era demasiado difícil

    that's easy for you to say — para ti es fácil decirlo, a ti te es fácil decirlo

    10) (=in favour of) a favor de

    anyone for a game of cards? — ¿alguien se apunta a una partida de cartas?

    • are you for or against the idea? — ¿estás a favor o en contra de la idea?

    are you for or against us? — ¿estás con nosotros o en contra?

    • I'm all for it — estoy completamente a favor

    • the campaign for human rights — la campaña pro derechos humanos, la campaña en pro de los derechos humanos

    • a collection for the poor — una colecta a beneficio de los pobres

    11) (=as, by way of)

    what's for dinner? — ¿qué hay para cenar?

    12) (=because of) por

    • for fear of being criticized — por miedo a la crítica, por temor a ser criticado

    • to shout for joy — gritar de alegría

    13) (=in spite of) a pesar de

    • for all his wealth — a pesar de su riqueza

    for all he promised to come, he didn't — a pesar de habérmelo prometido, no vino

    a) (future/past duration)
    When translating for and a period of time, it is often unnecessary to translate for, as in the examples below where durante is optional:

    I'm going for three weeks — me voy tres semanas, estaré allí tres semanas

    Alternatively, translate [for] using [durante], or, especially when talking about very short periods, [por]. Use [por] also with the verb [ir], although again it is often optional in this case:

    for a moment, he didn't know what to say — por un momento, no supo qué decir

    he won't be back for a couple of hours/days — no regresará hasta dentro de un par de horas/días, tardará un par de horas/días en regresar

    Use hace... que and the present to describe actions and states that started in the past and are still going on. Alternatively use the present and desde hace. Another option is sometimes llevar and the gerund. Don't use the present perfect in Spanish to translate phrases like these, unless they are in the negative.

    he has been learning French for two years — hace dos años que estudia francés, estudia francés desde hace dos años, lleva dos años estudiando francés

    it has not rained for 3 weeks — hace 3 semanas que no llueve, no llueve or no ha llovido desde hace 3 semanas, lleva 3 semanas sin llover

    I have known her for years — hace años que la conozco, la conozco desde hace años

    I haven't seen her for two years — hace dos años que no la veo, no la he visto desde hace dos años, no la veo desde hace dos años, llevo dos años sin verla

    Notice how the tenses change when talking about something that [had] happened or [had been] happening [for] a time:

    he had been learning French for two years — hacía dos años que estudiaba francés, estudiaba francés desde hacía dos años, llevaba dos años estudiando francés

    I hadn't seen her for two years — hacía dos años que no la veía, no la había visto desde hacía dos años, no la veía desde hacía dos años, llevaba dos años sin verla

    15) (=by, before) para

    can you do it for tomorrow? — ¿lo puedes hacer para mañana?

    when does he want it for? — ¿para cuándo lo quiere?

    16) (=on the occasion of) para
    17) (=for a distance of)

    for this to be possible... — para que esto sea posible...

    it's not for me to tell him what to do — yo no soy quien para decirle or no me corresponde a mí decirle lo que tiene que hacer

    • it's bad for you to smoke so much — te perjudica fumar tanto

    • it's best for you to go — es mejor que te vayas

    • there is still time for you to do it — todavía tienes tiempo para hacerlo

    what's the German for "hill"? — ¿cómo se dice "colina" en alemán?

    oh for a cup of tea! — ¡lo que daría por una taza de té!

    I'll be for it if he catches me here! * — ¡me la voy a cargar si me pilla aquí! *

    example
    2.
    CONJUNCTION liter pues, puesto que

    she avoided him, for he was rude and uncouth — lo eludía puesto que or pues era grosero y ordinario

    * * *

    I [fɔːr, fɔː(r)], weak form [fər, fə(r)]
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque

    English-spanish dictionary > for

  • 8 have

    (to have or keep (something) in case or until it is needed: If you go to America please keep some money in reserve for your fare home.) tener algo de reserva, guardar algo
    have vb
    1. tener
    do you have a video? ¿tienes vídeo?
    2. tomar
    3. haber
    have you read Don Quixote? ¿has leído Don Quijote?
    have you had your hair cut? ¿te has cortado el pelo?
    Esta construcción se emplea cuando no eres tú quien hace algo, sino que pagas a alguien para que te lo haga
    to have lunch almorzar / comer
    to have a swim bañarse / nadar
    tr[hæv]
    transitive verb (3rd pers pres sing has tr[hæz], pt & pp had tr[hæd], ger having)
    1 (posess) tener, poseer
    2 (food) comer, tomar; (drink) beber, tomar
    ■ will you have a brandy? ¿quieres tomar un coñac?
    ■ to have breakfast/lunch/tea/dinner desayunar/comer/merendar/cenar
    3 (cigarette) fumar
    ■ how many cigarettes have you had today? ¿cuántos cigarros has fumado hoy?
    4 (shower, bath, etc) tomar
    ■ when she got home she had a shower cuando llegó a casa se dio una ducha, cuando llegó a casa se duchó
    ■ have you had a wash and a shave? ¿te has lavado y afeitado?
    5 (treatment) recibir
    6 (illness) tener
    7 (experience) tener
    ■ I had a scare tuve un susto, me asusté
    ■ have a good time! ¡divertíos!, ¡pasadlo bien!
    8 (receive, invite) recibir, invitar
    9 (borrow) pedir prestado, dejar
    ■ can I have your book for a second, please? ¿me dejas tu libro un segundo, por favor?
    10 (party) celebrar, tener, dar; (meeting) celebrar, tener
    ■ are you going to have a party for your birthday? ¿vas a hacer una fiesta para tu cumpleaños?
    11 (according to) según
    ■ rumour has it that... corre el rumor de que...
    12 (baby) tener, dar a luz
    13 (cause to happen) hacer, mandar
    14 (allow) permitir, consentir
    15 familiar (cheat) timar
    ■ if you paid £200 pounds for that you were had si has pagado doscientas libras por eso te han timado
    1 haber
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    had better más vale que
    have got SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL tener
    to have done with acabar con
    to have had it (broken) estar hecho,-a polvo, estar fastidiado,-a 2 (in trouble) haberlo,-a cagado,-a 3 (finished) estar acabado,-a
    ■ this radio's had it, I'll have to get a new one esta radio está en las últimas, tendré que comprar una nueva
    ■ your dad's seen you, you've had it now! te ha visto tu padre, ¡la has cagado!
    ■ if this scandal gets out he's had it as an MP si la gente se entera de este escándalo, se han acabado sus días de diputado
    to have it away / have it off taboo echar un polvo
    to have it in for somebody tenerla tomada con alguien
    to have it out with somebody ajustar las cuentas con alguien
    to have it over and done with acabar algo de una vez y para siempre
    to have just acabar de
    to have somebody over to one's house / have somebody round to one's house invitar a alguien a casa
    to have somebody up for something SMALLLAW/SMALL llevar a alguien ante los tribunales por algo, procesar a alguien por algo
    to have something on tener algo planeado, tener algo que hacer
    to have something on somebody tener información comprometedora sobre alguien, saber algo comprometedor acerca de alguien
    to have to tener que, haber de
    to have to do with tener que ver con
    have ['hæv,] in sense 3 as an auxiliary verb usu ['hæf] v, had ['hæd] ; having ; has ['hæz,] in sense 3 as an auxiliary verb usu ['hæs] vt
    1) possess: tener
    do you have change?: ¿tienes cambio?
    2) experience, undergo: tener, experimentar, sufrir
    I have a toothache: tengo un dolor de muelas
    3) include: tener, incluir
    April has 30 days: abril tiene 30 días
    4) consume: comer, tomar
    5) receive: tener, recibir
    he had my permission: tenía mi permiso
    6) allow: permitir, dejar
    I won't have it!: ¡no lo permitiré!
    7) hold: hacer
    to have a party: dar una fiesta
    to have a meeting: convocar una reunión
    8) hold: tener
    he had me in his power: me tenía en su poder
    9) bear: tener (niños)
    she had a dress made: mandó hacer un vestido
    to have one's hair cut: cortarse el pelo
    have v aux
    1) : haber
    she has been very busy: ha estado muy ocupada
    I've lived here three years: hace tres años que vivo aquí
    you've finished, haven't you?: ha terminado, ¿no?
    3)
    to have to : deber, tener que
    we have to leave: tenemos que salir
    have (sth.) coming
    expr.
    • merecer v.
    have (sth.) in mind
    expr.
    • tener algo en mente expr.
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: had) = contener v.
    (§pres: -tengo, -tienes...-tenemos) pret: -tuv-
    fut/c: -tendr-•)
    • poseer v.
    • tener v.
    (§pres: tengo, tienes...tenemos) pret: tuv-
    fut/c: tendr-•)
    v.
    • haber v.
    (§pres: he, has...) subj: hay-
    pret: hub-
    fut/c: habr-•)
    hæv, weak forms həv, əv
    1.
    1) (3rd pers sing pres has; past & past p had) transitive verb
    2) ( possess) tener*

    I have o (esp BrE) I've got two cats — tengo dos gatos

    I don't have o (esp BrE) haven't got any money — no tengo dinero

    do you have a car? - no, I don't o (esp BrE) have you got a car? - no, I haven't — ¿tienes coche? - no (, no tengo)

    3) (hold, have at one's disposal) tener*

    look out, he's got a gun! — cuidado! tiene una pistola or está armado!

    how much money do you have o (esp BrE) have you got on you? — ¿cuánto dinero tienes or llevas encima?

    can I have a sheet of paper? — ¿me das una hoja de papel?

    may I have your name? — ¿me dice su nombre?

    could I have your Sales Department, please? — ( on phone) ¿me comunica or (Esp tb) me pone or (CS tb) me da con el departamento de ventas, por favor?

    I have it!, I've got it! — ya lo tengo!, ya está, ya está!

    all right: have it your own way! — está bien! haz lo que quieras!

    what have we here? — ¿y esto?

    to have something to + inf — tener* algo que + inf

    4)
    a) ( receive) \<\<letter/news\>\> tener*, recibir

    could we have some silence, please? — (hagan) silencio, por favor

    we have it on the best authority that... — sabemos de buena fuente que...

    rumoradition has it that... — corre el rumor de que.../según la tradición...

    to have had it — (colloq)

    to have it in for somebody — (colloq) tenerle* manía or tirria a alguien (fam)

    to let somebody have it — (sl) ( attack - physically) darle* su merecido a alguien; (- verbally) cantarle las cuarenta a alguien (fam), poner* a alguien verde (Esp fam)

    b) ( obtain) conseguir*

    they were the best/only seats to be had — eran los mejores/únicos asientos que había

    I'll have a kilo of tomatoes, please — ¿me da or (Esp) me pone un kilo de tomates, por favor?

    5) ( consume) \<\<steak/spaghetti\>\> comer, tomar (Esp); \<\<champagne/beer\>\> tomar

    to have something to eat/drink — comer/beber algo

    to have breakfast/dinner — desayunar/cenar, comer (AmL)

    to have lunch — almorzar* or (esp Esp, Méx) comer

    what are we having for dinner? — ¿qué hay de cena?

    we had too much to drink — bebimos or (AmL tb) tomamos demasiado

    6)
    a) (experience, undergo) \<\<accident\>\> tener*

    did you have good weather? — ¿te (or les etc) hizo buen tiempo?

    have a nice day! — adiós! que le (or te etc) vaya bien!

    I had an injection — me pusieron or me dieron una inyección

    he had a heart transplant/an X ray — le hicieron un trasplante de corazón/una radiografía

    b) ( organize) \<\<party\>\> hacer*, dar*
    c) ( suffer from) \<\<cancer/diabetes/flu\>\> tener*

    to have a cold — estar* resfriado

    he's got a headache/sore throat — le duele la cabeza/la garganta, tiene dolor de cabeza/garganta

    7) ( look after) tener*
    8) ( give birth to) \<\<baby\>\> tener*
    9) (colloq)
    a) (catch, get the better of)

    they almost had him, but he managed to escape — casi lo agarran or atrapan, pero logró escaparse

    b) ( swindle) timar; ( dupe) engañar

    you've been had! — te han timado or engañado!

    10) (causative use)

    he had them all laughing/in tears — los hizo reír/llorar a todos

    to have somebody + INF: I'll have her call you back as soon as she arrives le diré or pediré que lo llame en cuanto llegue; I'll have you know, young man, that I... para que sepa, jovencito, yo...; to have something + PAST P: we had it repaired lo hicimos arreglar, lo mandamos (a) arreglar (AmL); to have one's hair cut — cortarse el pelo

    to have something + INF/+ PAST P: I've had three lambs die this week se me han muerto tres corderos esta semana; he had his bicycle stolen — le robaron la bicicleta

    12)
    a) ( allow) (with neg) tolerar, consentir*
    b) (accept, believe) aceptar, creer*
    13) (indicating state, position) tener*

    you have o (BrE) you've got your belt twisted — tienes el cinturón torcido


    2.
    1) v aux
    2) (used to form perfect tenses) haber*

    I have/had seen her — la he/había visto

    I have/had just seen her — la acabo/acababa de ver, recién la vi/la había visto (AmL)

    have you been waiting long? — ¿hace mucho que esperas?, ¿llevas mucho rato esperando?

    you have been busy — cómo has trabajado!

    had I known that o if I'd known that... — si hubiera sabido que..., de haber sabido que...

    when he had finished, she... — cuando terminó or (liter) cuando hubo terminado, ella...

    3)
    a) ( in tags)

    you've been told, haven't you? — te lo han dicho ¿no? or ¿no es cierto? or ¿no es verdad?

    you haven't lost the key, have you? — no habrás perdido la llave...!

    you may have forgiven him, but I haven't — puede que tú lo hayas perdonado, pero yo no

    you've forgotten something - have I? — te has olvidado de algo - ¿sí?

    I've told her - you haven't! — se lo he dicho - no! ¿en serio?

    to have to + inf — tener* que + inf

    I have o I've got to admit that... — tengo que reconocer que...

    you don't have to be an expert to realize that — no hay que or no se necesita ser un experto para darse cuenta de eso

    to have to + inf — tener* que + inf

    you have to o you've got to be kidding! — lo dices en broma or en chiste!

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    [hæv] ( 3rd pers sing present has) (pt, pp had) When have is part of a set combination, eg have a look, have a good time, have breakfast, had better, look up the other word. For have + adverb/preposition combinations, see also the phrasal verb section of this entry.
    1. TRANSITIVE VERB
    1) (=possess) tener

    he's got or he has blue eyes — tiene los ojos azules

    have you got or do you have 10p? — ¿tienes diez peniques?

    have you got or do you have any brothers or sisters? — ¿tienes hermanos?

    he hasn't got or he doesn't have any friends — no tiene amigos

    I've got or I have a friend staying next week — tengo a un amigo en casa la semana que viene

    I've got or I have an idea — tengo una idea

    Don't translate the [a] in sentences like [has he got a girlfriend?], [I haven't got a washing-machine] if the number of such items is not significant since people normally only have one at a time:

    has he got a girlfriend? — ¿tiene novia?

    Do translate the [a] if the person or thing is qualified:

    • all or everything I have is yours — todo lo que tengo es tuyo

    you must give it all or everything you have — tienes que emplearte a fondo

    you must put all or everything you have into it — tienes que emplearte a fondo

    • can I have a pencil please? — ¿me puedes dar un lápiz, por favor?

    • the book has no name on it — el libro no lleva or tiene el nombre del dueño

    I've got or I have no Spanish — no sé español

    • to have something to do — tener algo que hacer

    I've got or I have nothing to do — no tengo nada que hacer

    haven't you got anything to do? — ¿no tienes nada que hacer?

    • hello, what have we here? — vaya, vaya, ¿qué tenemos aquí?

    handy, ready 1., 1), a)
    2) (=eat, drink) tomar

    • what are we having for lunch? — ¿que vamos a comer?

    • to have something to eat/drink — comer/beber algo, tomar algo

    • what will you have? — ¿qué quieres tomar?, ¿qué vas a tomar?

    will you have some more? — ¿te sirvo más?

    3) (=receive) recibir

    • you can have my ticket — puedes quedarte con mi billete

    • we had some help from the government — recibimos ayuda del gobierno

    • I had a letter from John — tuve carta de Juan, recibí una carta de Juan

    • I must have them by this afternoon — necesito tenerlos para esta tarde

    • to have no news — no tener noticias

    • they had a lot of wedding presents — recibieron or les hicieron muchos regalos de boda

    • we had a lot of visitors — (at home) tuvimos muchas visitas; (at exhibition etc) tuvimos muchos visitantes

    4) (=obtain)

    they can be had for as little as £10 each — pueden conseguirse por tan solo 10 libras

    there was no bread to be had — no quedaba pan en ningún sitio, no podía conseguirse pan en ningún sitio

    5) (=take)

    I'll have a dozen eggs, please — ¿me pones una docena de huevos, por favor?

    which one will you have? — ¿cuál quiere?

    can I have your name please? — ¿me da su nombre, por favor?

    • you can have it or I'll let you have it for £10 — te lo dejo en 10 libras, te lo puedes llevar por 10 libras, te lo vendo por 10 libras

    6) (=give birth to) [+ baby, kittens] tener

    what did she have? — ¿qué ha tenido?

    7) (=hold, catch) tener

    • he had him by the throat — lo tenía agarrado por la garganta

    • I have it on good authority that... — me consta que..., sé a ciencia cierta que..., sé de buena tinta que... *

    I've got it! — ¡ya!

    • you have me there, there you have me — ahí sí que me has pillado *

    8) (=allow) consentir, tolerar

    • we can't have that — eso no se puede consentir

    • I won't have this nonsense — no voy a consentir or tolerar estas tonterías

    she won't have it said that... — no consiente or tolera que digan que...

    9) (=spend) pasar

    to have a pleasant afternoon/evening — pasar una tarde agradable

    have a nice day! — ¡que pases un buen día!

    what sort of day have you had? — ¿qué tal día has tenido?

    can I have Personnel please? — ¿me puede poner con Personal, por favor?

    11) * (=have sex with) acostarse con
    12) (=make)
    to have sth done hacer que se haga algo, mandar hacer algo to have sb do sth mandar a algn hacer algo

    he had me do it again — me hizo hacerlo otra vez, me hizo que lo hiciese otra vez

    what would you have me do? — † ¿qué quiere que haga?

    I'll have you know that... — quiero que sepas que...

    to have sth happen to have sb doing sth

    she soon had them all reading and writing — (=organized them) enseguida los puso a leer y a escribir; (=taught them) enseguida les habían enseñado a leer y a escribir

    to have sth against sb/sth tener algo en contra de algn/algo to have had it

    you've had it now! he knows all about it * — ¡ahora sí que te la has cargado! se ha enterado de todo

    I've had it up to here with his nonsense * — estoy hasta la coronilla or hasta el moño de sus tonterías *

    to have it that

    rumour has it that... — corre la voz de que...

    to be had

    you've been had! * — ¡te han engañado!

    to have to do with tener que ver con

    that's got or that has nothing to do with it! — ¡eso no tiene nada que ver!

    to let sb have sth (=give) dar algo a algn; (=lend) dejar algo a algn, prestar algo a algn

    let him have it! * — ¡dale!

    what have you

    ... and what have you —... y qué sé yo qué más

    would have it

    as ill-luck or fate would have it — desgraciadamente

    luck
    2. AUXILIARY VERB

    has he gone? — ¿se ha ido?

    hasn't he told you? — ¿no te lo ha dicho?

    had you phoned me frm or if you had phoned me I would have come round — si me hubieras llamado habría venido

    never having seen it before, I... — como no lo había visto antes,...

    having finished or when he had finished, he left — cuando terminó or cuando hubo terminado, se fue

    just I, 1., 3)
    See:
    SINCE in since
    a)

    "he's already eaten" - "so have I" — -él ya ha comido -yo también

    "we haven't had any news yet" - "neither have we" — -no hemos tenido noticias todavía -nosotros tampoco

    "you've made a mistake" - "no I haven't!" — -has cometido un error -no es verdad or cierto

    "we haven't paid" - "yes we have!" — -no hemos pagado -¡qué sí!

    "he's got a new job" - "oh has he?" — -tiene un trabajo nuevo -¿ah, sí?

    "you've written it twice" - "so I have!" — -lo has escrito dos veces -es verdad or cierto

    "have you read the book?" - "yes, I have" — -¿has leído el libro? -sí

    "has he told you?" - "no, he hasn't" — -¿te lo ha dicho? -no

    he hasn't done it, has he? — no lo ha hecho, ¿verdad?

    you've done it, haven't you? — lo has hecho, ¿verdad? or ¿no?

    you've all been there before, but I haven't — vosotros habéis estado allí antes, pero yo no

    he has never met her, but I have — él no la ha llegado a conocer, pero yo sí

    have you ever been there? if you have... — ¿has estado alguna vez allí? si es así...

    have you tried it? if you haven't... — ¿lo has probado? (porque) si no...

    so I, 1., nor
    3.
    MODAL VERB (=be obliged)

    I've got to or I have to finish this work — tengo que terminar este trabajo

    have we got to or do we have to leave early? — ¿tenemos que salir temprano?

    I haven't got to or I don't have to wear glasses — no necesito (usar) gafas

    do you have to make such a noise? — ¿tienes que hacer tanto ruido?

    you didn't have to tell her! — ¡no tenías por qué decírselo!

    does it have to be ironed? — ¿hay que plancharlo?

    * * *
    [hæv], weak forms [həv, əv]
    1.
    1) (3rd pers sing pres has; past & past p had) transitive verb
    2) ( possess) tener*

    I have o (esp BrE) I've got two cats — tengo dos gatos

    I don't have o (esp BrE) haven't got any money — no tengo dinero

    do you have a car? - no, I don't o (esp BrE) have you got a car? - no, I haven't — ¿tienes coche? - no (, no tengo)

    3) (hold, have at one's disposal) tener*

    look out, he's got a gun! — cuidado! tiene una pistola or está armado!

    how much money do you have o (esp BrE) have you got on you? — ¿cuánto dinero tienes or llevas encima?

    can I have a sheet of paper? — ¿me das una hoja de papel?

    may I have your name? — ¿me dice su nombre?

    could I have your Sales Department, please? — ( on phone) ¿me comunica or (Esp tb) me pone or (CS tb) me da con el departamento de ventas, por favor?

    I have it!, I've got it! — ya lo tengo!, ya está, ya está!

    all right: have it your own way! — está bien! haz lo que quieras!

    what have we here? — ¿y esto?

    to have something to + inf — tener* algo que + inf

    4)
    a) ( receive) \<\<letter/news\>\> tener*, recibir

    could we have some silence, please? — (hagan) silencio, por favor

    we have it on the best authority that... — sabemos de buena fuente que...

    rumor/tradition has it that... — corre el rumor de que.../según la tradición...

    to have had it — (colloq)

    to have it in for somebody — (colloq) tenerle* manía or tirria a alguien (fam)

    to let somebody have it — (sl) ( attack - physically) darle* su merecido a alguien; (- verbally) cantarle las cuarenta a alguien (fam), poner* a alguien verde (Esp fam)

    b) ( obtain) conseguir*

    they were the best/only seats to be had — eran los mejores/únicos asientos que había

    I'll have a kilo of tomatoes, please — ¿me da or (Esp) me pone un kilo de tomates, por favor?

    5) ( consume) \<\<steak/spaghetti\>\> comer, tomar (Esp); \<\<champagne/beer\>\> tomar

    to have something to eat/drink — comer/beber algo

    to have breakfast/dinner — desayunar/cenar, comer (AmL)

    to have lunch — almorzar* or (esp Esp, Méx) comer

    what are we having for dinner? — ¿qué hay de cena?

    we had too much to drink — bebimos or (AmL tb) tomamos demasiado

    6)
    a) (experience, undergo) \<\<accident\>\> tener*

    did you have good weather? — ¿te (or les etc) hizo buen tiempo?

    have a nice day! — adiós! que le (or te etc) vaya bien!

    I had an injection — me pusieron or me dieron una inyección

    he had a heart transplant/an X ray — le hicieron un trasplante de corazón/una radiografía

    b) ( organize) \<\<party\>\> hacer*, dar*
    c) ( suffer from) \<\<cancer/diabetes/flu\>\> tener*

    to have a cold — estar* resfriado

    he's got a headache/sore throat — le duele la cabeza/la garganta, tiene dolor de cabeza/garganta

    7) ( look after) tener*
    8) ( give birth to) \<\<baby\>\> tener*
    9) (colloq)
    a) (catch, get the better of)

    they almost had him, but he managed to escape — casi lo agarran or atrapan, pero logró escaparse

    b) ( swindle) timar; ( dupe) engañar

    you've been had! — te han timado or engañado!

    10) (causative use)

    he had them all laughing/in tears — los hizo reír/llorar a todos

    to have somebody + INF: I'll have her call you back as soon as she arrives le diré or pediré que lo llame en cuanto llegue; I'll have you know, young man, that I... para que sepa, jovencito, yo...; to have something + PAST P: we had it repaired lo hicimos arreglar, lo mandamos (a) arreglar (AmL); to have one's hair cut — cortarse el pelo

    to have something + INF/+ PAST P: I've had three lambs die this week se me han muerto tres corderos esta semana; he had his bicycle stolen — le robaron la bicicleta

    12)
    a) ( allow) (with neg) tolerar, consentir*
    b) (accept, believe) aceptar, creer*
    13) (indicating state, position) tener*

    you have o (BrE) you've got your belt twisted — tienes el cinturón torcido


    2.
    1) v aux
    2) (used to form perfect tenses) haber*

    I have/had seen her — la he/había visto

    I have/had just seen her — la acabo/acababa de ver, recién la vi/la había visto (AmL)

    have you been waiting long? — ¿hace mucho que esperas?, ¿llevas mucho rato esperando?

    you have been busy — cómo has trabajado!

    had I known that o if I'd known that... — si hubiera sabido que..., de haber sabido que...

    when he had finished, she... — cuando terminó or (liter) cuando hubo terminado, ella...

    3)
    a) ( in tags)

    you've been told, haven't you? — te lo han dicho ¿no? or ¿no es cierto? or ¿no es verdad?

    you haven't lost the key, have you? — no habrás perdido la llave...!

    you may have forgiven him, but I haven't — puede que tú lo hayas perdonado, pero yo no

    you've forgotten something - have I? — te has olvidado de algo - ¿sí?

    I've told her - you haven't! — se lo he dicho - no! ¿en serio?

    to have to + inf — tener* que + inf

    I have o I've got to admit that... — tengo que reconocer que...

    you don't have to be an expert to realize that — no hay que or no se necesita ser un experto para darse cuenta de eso

    to have to + inf — tener* que + inf

    you have to o you've got to be kidding! — lo dices en broma or en chiste!

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > have

  • 9 leicht

    I Adj.
    1. Gewicht: light; Kleidung: auch thin, cool; Anzug: lightweight; die Bluse ist aus ganz leichtem Material the blouse is made from really thin ( oder lightweight) material; das Kind ist für sein Alter zu leicht this child is underweight for his age; danach war ich um hundert Euro leichter umg., fig. I came away a hundred euros lighter; jemanden um einiges leichter machen umg. relieve s.o. of a little cash; gewogen und zu leicht befunden fig. tried and found wanting
    2. (bekömmlich) Essen, Lektüre, Musik, Wein etc.: light; Zigarre: mild; abends esse ich meist etwas Leichtes I usually have a light meal in the evening; er hat einen leichten Schlaf he’s a light sleeper; Kost
    3. (unbeschwert) light-hearted; leichten Herzens happily; (erleichtert) relieved; (ohne weiteres) readily; jetzt ist mir leichter ( ums Herz)! what a relief!, that’s a load off my mind; leichten Fußes lightfootedly, nimbly; fig. with a spring in one’s step
    4. (nicht schwierig) easy; Aufgabe etc.: auch simple; leichter Sieg walkover, Am. walkaway; nichts leichter als das! nothing could be simpler, no problem, it’s a cinch (Am. auch snap) umg.; es leicht haben have an easy time (of it); mit ihm hat sie’s nicht leicht she has a difficult time with him, he gives her a hard time; die hat’s nicht gerade leicht she doesn’t exactly have an easy time of it; er nimmt es auf die leichte Schulter he’s making light of it, he’s pretty casual about it; keinen leichten Stand haben be in a difficult ( oder tricky) position; es ist ihm ein Leichtes zu (+ Inf.) it’s a simple matter (umg. no big deal) for him to (+ Inf.); Spiel 1
    5. (sanft) Brise, Berührung etc.: light, gentle
    6. (geringfügig) slight (auch Erkältung); Entzündung, Gehirnerschütterung: auch mild; Verletzung: minor; Fehler: minor, little; Kratzer: MOT. surface; auch am Körper: little; leichter Regen / Schnee light rainfall / snowfall; ein leichter Fall Krankheit: a mild case, nothing serious; Kranker: a straightforward case; er hat eine leichte Bronchitis he has a mild case of (umg. a touch of) bronchitis; ein leichtes Vergehen a minor offen|ce (Am. -se); eine leichte Strafe a mild punishment (JUR. sentence)
    7. umg.: ein leichtes Mädchen a bit of a tart (Am. slut)
    II Adv.
    1. (geringfügig) slightly; leicht berühren touch gently ( oder carefully); versehentlich: brush against; es regnete leicht it was raining slightly, there was a light rain falling; leicht bedeckter Himmel slightly overcast skies, slight cloud cover; leicht bekleidet lightly dressed; spärlich: scantily dressed (iro. clad); leicht bewaffnet lightly armed; leicht beschwingt Melodie: lilting, with a gentle lilt; leicht geschürzt hum. scantily clad; leicht verletzt slightly hurt ( oder injured); leicht verwundet slightly wounded; das ist leicht übertrieben that’s a slight ( oder a bit of an) exaggeration
    2. mit Adj. (mühelos) easily; leicht beweglich easily transportable; (leicht verstellbar) easily adjustable; leicht entzündlich Gas, Flüssigkeit etc.: highly inflammable (bes. Am. UND TECH. flammable); leicht löslich easily ( oder readily) soluble; leicht verdaulich (easily) digestible; auch fig. light; leicht verderblich perishable; leicht verderbliche Waren perishables; leicht verdientes Geld easy money; leicht verkäuflich Artikel: easy to sell, fast-selling; leicht verständlich easy to understand ( oder follow); Sprache: auch (very) straightforward; leicht verständliche Lektüre easy reading; in leicht verständlicher Form in comprehensible ( oder accessible) form
    3. mit Verb (einfach) es geht ganz leicht it’s really easy; leichter gesagt als getan oder das ist leicht gesagt easier said than done; du hast leicht reden it’s all right for you, 'you can talk; jemandem leicht fallen be easy for s.o.; es fällt ihm nicht leicht it isn’t easy for him (zu + Inf. to + Inf.), he doesn’t find it easy (+ Ger. oder to + Inf.); so etwas fällt ihm leicht he finds that sort of thing easy, that sort of thing comes easily to him, he has no difficulty with that sort of thing; jemandem etw. leicht machen make s.th. easy for s.o.; es sich (Dat) leicht machen take the easy way out; du machst es dir zu leicht you’re making life too easy for yourself; in diesem Fall: it’s not that simple; sich (Dat) mit etw. leicht tun umg. have no difficulties with s.th., have no difficulty doing s.th.; auch grundsätzlich: find it easy to do s.th.; mit so etwas tut er sich leicht auch that sort of thing comes easily ( oder easy) to him
    4. (nicht ernst) etw. leicht nehmen take s.th. lightly; er nimmt es zu leicht he doesn’t take it seriously enough; das Leben leicht nehmen take life as it comes; nimms leicht! umg. don’t worry about it
    5. (schnell) easily; sie ist leicht gekränkt she’s easily offended; er erkältet sich leicht he catches cold very easily, he’s always catching cold; so etwas passiert leicht that (sort of thing) can happen very easily ( oder before you know it); das wird so leicht nicht wieder passieren it’s not likely to happen again; das wird mir so leicht nicht wieder passieren I’ll make sure that doesn’t happen again in a hurry; das wird er so leicht nicht vergessen I(‘ll) bet he won’t forget that in a hurry; es ist leicht möglich that could well be, that’s quite possible; du kannst dir leicht denken... you can well imagine; er könnte leicht sein Bruder sein he could easily be taken for his brother; man hat’s nicht leicht, aber leicht hat’s einen umg. it’s a hard life
    * * *
    (Gewicht) lightweight (Adj.); light (Adj.);
    (Grad) slight (Adj.); slightly (Adv.);
    (Schwierigkeit) facile (Adj.); easily (Adv.); easy (Adj.); simple (Adj.)
    * * *
    [laiçt]
    1. adj
    1) (=von geringem Gewicht, nicht schwerfällig MIL) light; (= aus leichtem Material) Koffer, Kleidung lightweight

    einen léíchten Gang haben — to have an easy walk

    mit léíchter Hand — lightly; (fig) effortlessly

    eine léíchte Hand mit jdm/für etw haben — to have a way with sb/sth

    léíchten Fußes (liter) — with a spring in one's step

    gewogen und zu léícht befunden (fig) — tried and found wanting

    jdn um einiges léíchter machen — to relieve sb of some of his money

    See:
    → Feder
    2) (= schwach, geringfügig, nicht wichtig) slight; Regen, Wind, Frost, Schläge, Schlaf, Berührung, Atmen light; (JUR) Diebstahl, Vergehen etc minor, petty
    3) (von geringem Gehalt) Essen, Musik, Lektüre etc light
    4) (= ohne Schwierigkeiten, einfach) easy

    léíchter Absatz (Comm) — quick turnover (von in)

    mit dem werden wir ( ein) léíchtes Spiel haben — he'll be a pushover (inf) or walkover (inf), he'll be no problem

    keinen léíchten Stand haben — not to have an easy time (of it) (bei, mit with)

    das ist ihr ein Leichtes (geh) — that will present no problem to or for her

    nichts léíchter als das! — nothing (could be) easier or simpler

    5) (= moralisch locker) Lebenswandel loose

    léíchtes Mädchen — tart (Brit inf), floozy (inf)

    6) (= unbeschwert) Herz, Gefühl light

    etw léíchten Herzens or Sinnes tun — to do sth with a light heart

    See:
    2. adv
    1) (= einfach) easily

    jdm etw léícht machen — to make it easy for sb

    (bei etw) léícht machen — not to make much of an effort (with sth)

    sie hat es immer léícht gehabt (im Leben) — she's always had it easy, she's always had an easy time of it

    man hats nicht léícht (inf) — it's a hard life

    das ist or geht ganz léícht — it's quite easy or simple

    die Aufgabe ist léícht zu lösen or lässt sich léícht lösen — the exercise is easy to do

    das ist léíchter gesagt als getan — that's easier said than done

    du hast léícht reden/lachen — it's all very well for you or it's all right for you to talk/laugh

    2) (= problemlos) easily

    léícht zu beantworten/verstehen — easily answered/understood, easy to answer/understand

    léícht verständlich — readily or easily understood

    er ist léícht herumzukriegen/zu überzeugen — he's easy to win round/convince, he's easily won round/convinced

    léícht begreifen — to understand quickly or readily

    das kann ich mir léícht vorstellen or denken — I can easily or well imagine (it)

    léícht verdaulich (Speisen, Informationen) — easily digestible; Kunst, Musik etc not too demanding

    3)

    (= unbekümmert) léícht beschwingt (Musik) — light

    léíchtbeschwingte Melodien — melodies for easy listening

    sich léícht und beschwingt fühlen — to be walking on air, to be up in the clouds

    mir ist so léícht ums Herz — my heart is so light

    mir ist jetzt viel léíchter — I feel a lot easier now

    nimm das nicht zu léícht — don't take it too lightly

    See:
    4) (= schnell, unversehens) easily

    er wird léícht böse/ist léícht beleidigt etc — he is quick to get angry/take offence (Brit) or offense (US) etc, he gets angry/takes offence (Brit) or offense (US) etc easily

    léícht zerbrechlich — very fragile

    léícht verderblich — highly perishable

    man kann einen Fehler léícht übersehen — it's easy to miss a mistake, mistakes are easily missed

    das ist léícht möglich — that's quite possible

    léícht entzündlich (Brennstoff etc) — highly (in)flammable

    léícht entzündliche Haut — skin which easily becomes inflamed

    léícht entzündlich sein (Gas, Brennstoff) — to be highly inflammable; (Haut) to become easily inflamed

    man hat léícht etwas gesagt, was man nachher bereut — it's easy to say something (without thinking) that you regret later

    das passiert mir so léícht nicht wieder — I won't let that happen again in a hurry (inf)

    das passiert mir so léícht nicht wieder, dass ich dir Geld borge — I won't lend you money again in a hurry (inf)

    5) (= geringfügig, nicht schwer) gewebt finely; bewaffnet not heavily, lightly

    das Haus ist léícht gebaut — the house is built of light materials

    ein zu léícht gebautes Haus/Auto — a flimsily built house/car

    léícht bekleidet sein — to be scantily clad or dressed

    léícht gekleidet sein — to be (dressed) in light clothes

    léícht geschürzt (hum) — scantily clad or dressed

    6) (= schwach) regnen not hard

    es hat léícht gefroren — there was a light frost

    léícht gewürzt/gesalzen — lightly seasoned/salted

    zu léícht gewürzt/gesalzen —

    léícht waschen — to wash gently

    7) (= nicht ernsthaft) beschädigt slightly; gekränkt auch a little

    léícht verletzt — slightly injured; (in Gefecht, Schlägerei etc auch) slightly wounded

    léíchter verletzt — not as seriously injured

    léícht verwundet — slightly wounded

    See:
    = Leichtverwundete(r)
    * * *
    1) (in a light-hearted manner: She airily dismissed all objections.) airily
    2) (not difficult: This is an easy job( to do).) easy
    3) (like gossamer: a blouse of a gossamer material.) gossamer
    5) (light in weight: a lightweight raincoat.) lightweight
    6) (easy to lift or carry; of little weight: I bought a light suitcase for plane journeys.) light
    7) (easy to bear, suffer or do: Next time the punishment will not be so light.) light
    8) ((of food) easy to digest: a light meal.) light
    9) (of little weight: Aluminium is a light metal.) light
    10) (lively or agile: She was very light on her feet.) light
    11) (little in quantity; not intense, heavy, strong etc: light rain.) light
    12) (small; not great; not serious or severe: a slight breeze; We have a slight problem.) slight
    * * *
    [laiçt]
    I. adj
    ▪ jd/etw ist... \leichter [als jd/etw] sb/sth is... lighter [than sb/sth]
    sie ist 48 Kilo \leicht she only weighs 48 kg
    \leicht wie eine Feder sein to be as light as a feather
    ein \leichter Koffer a light suitcase
    \leichte Schuhe light shoes
    2. (einfach) easy, simple
    eine \leichte Arbeit an easy job
    k[ein] \leichter Entschluss no/an easy decision
    das ist \leicht! that's easy!
    jd hat ein \leichtes Leben sb has an easy time of it
    ein \leichter Sieg an easy victory
    jdm ein L\leichtes sein (geh) to be easy for sb
    jdm ein L\leichtes sein, etw zu tun to be easy for sb to do sth
    nichts \leichter als das! no problem; s.a. Hand
    3. METEO (schwach) light
    eine \leichte Brandung low surf
    ein \leichter Donner distant thunder
    eine \leichte Strömung a weak current
    \leichter Regen/Schneefall light rain/a light fall of snow
    4. (geringfügig) light, slight
    er hat einen sehr \leichten Akzent he has a very slight accent
    \leichtes Nachgeben der Börsenkurse slight easing off
    einen \leichten Schlaf haben to be a light sleeper
    ein \leichter Schlag a gentle slap
    \leichte Zunahme slight increase
    5. (nicht schlimm) minor
    ein \leichter Eingriff a minor operation
    \leichtes Fieber a slight fever
    eine \leichte Verbrennung minor burns
    6. (nicht belastend) Speisen, Getränke light
    eine \leichte Mahlzeit/Nachspeise a light meal/dessert
    ein \leichter Wein a light wine
    eine \leichte Zigarette/ein \leichter Tabak a mild cigarette/tobacco
    \leichte Lektüre light reading
    \leichte Musik easy listening; s.a. Muse
    ▪ jdm ist \leichter sb is [or feels] relieved, sb feels better
    jdm ist \leicht zumute [o ums Herz] [o jd fühlt sich akk \leicht] sb is light-hearted
    \leichten Herzens/Schrittes with a light heart/sprightly step
    jdn um 50 Euro \leichter machen to sting sb for 50 Euro; (berauben) to rob sb of 50 Euro
    10. (nicht massiv) lightweight
    \leicht gebaut having a lightweight construction
    \leichter Sitz (bei Anpassungen) a sliding fit
    11. TYPO
    \leichte Schrift light typeface
    \leichtes Papier low-grammage paper
    12. JUR (nicht schwer) light; (geringfügig) lenient
    \leichter Diebstahl petty larceny
    eine \leichte Strafe a light punishment [or sentence]
    ein \leichtes Vergehen a minor [or petty] offence
    II. adv
    1. (einfach) easily
    etw geht [ganz] \leicht sth is [quite] easy
    es [im Leben] \leicht haben to have it easy [in life], to have an easy time of it
    es nicht \leicht haben to not have it easy, to have a hard time of it
    es nicht \leicht mit jdm haben to have one's work cut out with sb
    es jdm \leicht machen to make it easy for sb
    es sich dat \leicht machen to make it easy for oneself
    2. (schnell) easily
    das sagst du so \leicht! that's easy for you to say!
    das kann \leicht passieren that can happen easily
    der Inhalt ist \leicht zerbrechlich the contents are very delicate [or fragile]
    \leicht entzündlich highly inflammable
    sich akk \leicht erkälten to catch colds easily
    etw \leicht glauben to believe sth readily
    \leicht lernen to learn quickly
    \leicht verdaulich easily digestible, easy to digest
    \leicht verderblich highly perishable
    3. (nur wenig, etwas) slightly
    \leicht erkältet sein to have a slight cold
    \leicht humpeln to have a slight limp
    etw \leicht salzen to salt sth lightly
    \leicht übertrieben sein to be slightly exaggerated
    \leicht verärgert sein to be slightly annoyed
    4. (problemlos) easily
    etw \leicht begreifen/schaffen to grasp/manage sth easily
    sich dat etwas \leicht denken können not to be too difficult for sb to grasp sth
    etw ist \leicht löslich sth dissolves easily
    \leicht möglich maybe
    das ist \leicht möglich that may well be
    sich akk \leicht fühlen to feel carefree
    6. METEO (schwach) lightly
    es regnet heute nur \leicht there's only light rain today
    7. (aus dünnem Material) lightly
    \leicht bekleidet dressed in light clothing
    8.
    ▶ [das ist] \leichter gesagt als getan that's easier said than done
    ▶ nichts \leichter als das no problem at all
    ▶ \leicht reden haben [o können] to be easy for sb to talk
    * * *
    1.
    1) light; lightweight <suit, material>

    leichte Kleidung — thin clothes; (luftig) light or cool clothes

    etwas auf die leichte Schulter nehmen — (ugs.) take something casually; make light of something

    2) (einfach) easy <task, question, job, etc.>; (nicht anstrengend) light <work, duties, etc.>

    es leicht/nicht leicht haben — have/not have it easy or an easy time of it

    mit jemandem [kein] leichtes Spiel haben — find somebody is [not] easy meat

    jemandem/sich etwas leicht machen — make something easy for somebody/oneself

    es sich — (Dat.)

    leicht machen — make it or things easy for oneself; take the easy way out

    3) (schwach) slight <accent, illness, wound, doubt, etc.>; light < wind, rain, sleep, perfume>

    ein leichter Stoß [in die Rippen] — a gentle nudge [in the ribs]

    4) (bekömmlich) light <food, wine>; mild <cigar, cigarette>
    5) (heiter) light-hearted

    ihr wurde es etwas/viel leichter — she felt somewhat/much easier or relieved

    6) (unterhaltend) light <music, reading, etc.>
    7)

    ein leichtes Mädchen — (veralt. abwertend) a loose-living girl

    2.

    leicht bekleidet — be lightly or thinly dressed

    2) (einfach, schnell, spielend) easily

    leicht verdaulich — [easily] digestible

    leicht verständlich od. zu verstehen sein — be easy to understand; be easily understood

    sie hat leicht reden — it's easy or all very well for her to talk

    3) (geringfügig) slightly
    * * *
    A. adj
    1. Gewicht: light; Kleidung: auch thin, cool; Anzug: lightweight;
    die Bluse ist aus ganz leichtem Material the blouse is made from really thin ( oder lightweight) material;
    das Kind ist für sein Alter zu leicht this child is underweight for his age;
    danach war ich um hundert Euro leichter umg, fig I came away a hundred euros lighter;
    jemanden um einiges leichter machen umg relieve sb of a little cash;
    gewogen und zu leicht befunden fig tried and found wanting
    2. (bekömmlich) Essen, Lektüre, Musik, Wein etc: light; Zigarre: mild;
    abends esse ich meist etwas Leichtes I usually have a light meal in the evening;
    er hat einen leichten Schlaf he’s a light sleeper; → Kost
    3. (unbeschwert) light-hearted;
    leichten Herzens happily; (erleichtert) relieved; (ohne Weiteres) readily;
    jetzt ist mir leichter (ums Herz)! what a relief!, that’s a load off my mind;
    leichten Fußes lightfootedly, nimbly; fig with a spring in one’s step
    4. (nicht schwierig) easy; Aufgabe etc: auch simple;
    leichter Sieg walkover, US walkaway;
    nichts leichter als das! nothing could be simpler, no problem, it’s a cinch (US auch snap) umg;
    es leicht haben have an easy time (of it);
    mit ihm hat sie’s nicht leicht she has a difficult time with him, he gives her a hard time;
    die hat’s nicht gerade leicht she doesn’t exactly have an easy time of it;
    er nimmt es auf die leichte Schulter he’s making light of it, he’s pretty casual about it;
    keinen leichten Stand haben be in a difficult ( oder tricky) position;
    es ist ihm ein Leichtes zu (+inf) it’s a simple matter (umg no big deal) for him to (+ inf); → Spiel 1
    5. (sanft) Brise, Berührung etc: light, gentle
    6. (geringfügig) slight (auch Erkältung); Entzündung, Gehirnerschütterung: auch mild; Verletzung: minor; Fehler: minor, little; Kratzer: AUTO surface; auch am Körper: little;
    leichter Regen/Schnee light rainfall/snowfall;
    ein leichter Fall Krankheit: a mild case, nothing serious; Kranker: a straightforward case;
    er hat eine leichte Bronchitis he has a mild case of (umg a touch of) bronchitis;
    ein leichtes Vergehen a minor offence (US -se);
    eine leichte Strafe a mild punishment (JUR sentence)
    7. umg:
    ein leichtes Mädchen a bit of a tart (US slut)
    B. adv
    1. (geringfügig) slightly;
    leicht berühren touch gently ( oder carefully); versehentlich: brush against;
    es regnete leicht it was raining slightly, there was a light rain falling;
    leicht bedeckter Himmel slightly overcast skies, slight cloud cover;
    leicht bekleidet lightly dressed; spärlich: scantily dressed (iron clad);
    leicht bewaffnet lightly armed;
    leicht beschwingt Melodie: lilting, with a gentle lilt;
    leicht geschürzt hum scantily clad;
    leicht verletzt slightly hurt ( oder injured);
    leicht verwundet slightly wounded;
    das ist leicht übertrieben that’s a slight ( oder a bit of an) exaggeration
    2. mit adj (mühelos) easily;
    leicht beweglich easily transportable; (leicht verstellbar) easily adjustable;
    leicht entzündlich Gas, Flüssigkeit etc: highly inflammable (besonders US und TECH flammable);
    leicht löslich easily ( oder readily) soluble;
    leicht verdaulich (easily) digestible; auch fig light;
    leicht verderblich perishable;
    leicht verkäuflich Artikel: easy to sell, fast-selling;
    leicht verständlich easy to understand ( oder follow); Sprache: auch (very) straightforward;
    in leicht verständlicher Form in comprehensible ( oder accessible) form
    es geht ganz leicht it’s really easy;
    das ist leicht gesagt easier said than done;
    du hast leicht reden it’s all right for you, 'you can talk;
    jemandem etwas leicht machen make sth easy for sb;
    es sich (dat)
    leicht machen take the easy way out;
    du machst es dir zu leicht you’re making life too easy for yourself; in diesem Fall: it’s not that simple
    4. (schnell) easily;
    sie ist leicht gekränkt she’s easily offended;
    er erkältet sich leicht he catches cold very easily, he’s always catching cold;
    so etwas passiert leicht that (sort of thing) can happen very easily ( oder before you know it);
    das wird so leicht nicht wieder passieren it’s not likely to happen again;
    das wird mir so leicht nicht wieder passieren I’ll make sure that doesn’t happen again in a hurry;
    das wird er so leicht nicht vergessen I(’ll) bet he won’t forget that in a hurry;
    es ist leicht möglich that could well be, that’s quite possible;
    du kannst dir leicht denken … you can well imagine;
    er könnte leicht sein Bruder sein he could easily be taken for his brother;
    man hat’s nicht leicht, aber leicht hat’s einen umg it’s a hard life
    * * *
    1.
    1) light; lightweight <suit, material>

    leichte Kleidung — thin clothes; (luftig) light or cool clothes

    etwas auf die leichte Schulter nehmen — (ugs.) take something casually; make light of something

    2) (einfach) easy <task, question, job, etc.>; (nicht anstrengend) light <work, duties, etc.>

    es leicht/nicht leicht haben — have/not have it easy or an easy time of it

    mit jemandem [kein] leichtes Spiel haben — find somebody is [not] easy meat

    jemandem/sich etwas leicht machen — make something easy for somebody/oneself

    es sich — (Dat.)

    leicht machen — make it or things easy for oneself; take the easy way out

    das fällt mir leicht — it is easy for me; I find it easy

    3) (schwach) slight <accent, illness, wound, doubt, etc.>; light <wind, rain, sleep, perfume>

    ein leichter Stoß [in die Rippen] — a gentle nudge [in the ribs]

    4) (bekömmlich) light <food, wine>; mild <cigar, cigarette>
    5) (heiter) light-hearted

    ihr wurde es etwas/viel leichter — she felt somewhat/much easier or relieved

    6) (unterhaltend) light <music, reading, etc.>
    7)

    ein leichtes Mädchen — (veralt. abwertend) a loose-living girl

    2.

    leicht bekleidet — be lightly or thinly dressed

    2) (einfach, schnell, spielend) easily

    leicht verdaulich — [easily] digestible

    leicht verständlich od. zu verstehen sein — be easy to understand; be easily understood

    sie hat leicht reden — it's easy or all very well for her to talk

    3) (geringfügig) slightly
    * * *
    adj.
    easy adj.
    facile adj.
    light adj.
    lightweight adj. adv.
    easily adv.
    facilely adv.
    lightly adv.
    readily adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > leicht

  • 10 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 11 point

    1. noun
    1) (tiny mark, dot) Punkt, der
    2) (sharp end of tool, weapon, pencil, etc.) Spitze, die

    come to a [sharp] point — spitz zulaufen

    at gun-point/knife-point — mit vorgehaltener [Schuss]waffe/vorgehaltenem Messer

    not to put too fine a point on it — (fig.) um nichts zu beschönigen

    3) (single item) Punkt, der

    agree on a point — in einem Punkt od. einer Frage übereinstimmen

    be a point of honour with somebody — für jemanden [eine] Ehrensache sein

    4) (unit of scoring) Punkt, der

    score points off somebody — (fig.) jemanden an die Wand spielen

    things have reached a point where or come to such a point that... — die Sache ist dahin od. so weit gediehen, dass...; (negatively) es ist so weit gekommen, dass...

    up to a point — bis zu einem gewissen Grad

    she was abrupt to the point of rudeness — sie war in einer Weise barsch, die schon an Unverschämtheit grenzte

    6) (moment) Zeitpunkt, der

    be at/on the point of something — kurz vor etwas (Dat.) sein; einer Sache (Dat.) nahe sein

    be on the point of doing something — im Begriff sein, etwas zu tun; etwas gerade tun wollen

    7) (distinctive trait) Seite, die

    best/strong point — starke Seite; Stärke, die

    the point — (essential thing) das Entscheidende

    8) (thing to be discussed)

    that is just the point or the whole point — das ist genau der springende Punkt

    come to or get to the point — zur Sache od. zum Thema kommen

    keep or stick to the point — beim Thema bleiben

    be beside the point — unerheblich sein; keine Rolle spielen

    carry or make one's point — sich durchsetzen

    make a point of doing something — [großen] Wert darauf legen, etwas zu tun

    make or prove a point — etwas beweisen

    you have a point there — da hast du recht; da ist [et]was dran (ugs.)

    9) (tip) Spitze, die; (Boxing) Kinnspitze, die; Kinn, das; (Ballet) Spitze, die
    10) (of story, joke, remark) Pointe, die; (pungency, effect) (of literary work) Eindringlichkeit, die; (of remark) Durchschlagskraft, die
    11) (purpose, value) Zweck, der; Sinn, der

    there's no point in protesting — es hat keinen Sinn od. Zweck zu protestieren

    12) (precise place, spot) Punkt, der; Stelle, die; (Geom.) Punkt, der

    point of contact — Berührungspunkt, der

    point of no return — Punkt, an dem es kein Zurück mehr gibt

    point of view — (fig.) Standpunkt, der

    13) (Brit.)

    [power or electric] point — Steckdose, die

    14) usu in pl. (Brit. Railw.) Weiche, die
    15) usu. in pl. (Motor Veh.): (contact device) Kontakt, der

    prices/the cost of living went up three points — die Preise/Lebenshaltungskosten sind um drei [Prozent]punkte gestiegen

    17) (on compass) Strich, der
    2. intransitive verb
    1) zeigen, weisen, [Person auch:] deuten (to, at auf + Akk.)
    2)

    point towards or to — (fig.) [hin]deuten od. hinweisen auf (+ Akk.)

    3. transitive verb
    1) (direct) richten [Waffe, Kamera] (at auf + Akk.)

    point one's finger at something/somebody — mit dem Finger auf etwas/jemanden deuten od. zeigen od. weisen

    2) (Building) aus-, verfugen [Mauer, Steine]
    Phrasal Verbs:
    - academic.ru/108004/point_out">point out
    * * *
    [point] 1. noun
    1) (the sharp end of anything: the point of a pin; a sword point; at gunpoint (= threatened by a gun).) die Spitze
    2) (a piece of land that projects into the sea etc: The ship came round Lizard Point.) die Landspitze
    3) (a small round dot or mark (.): a decimal point; five point three six (= 5.36); In punctuation, a point is another name for a full stop.) der Punkt
    4) (an exact place or spot: When we reached this point of the journey we stopped to rest.) der Punkt
    5) (an exact moment: Her husband walked in at that point.) der Punkt
    6) (a place on a scale especially of temperature: the boiling-point of water.) der Punkt
    7) (a division on a compass eg north, south-west etc.) der Kompaßstrich
    8) (a mark in scoring a competition, game, test etc: He has won by five points to two.) der Punkt
    9) (a particular matter for consideration or action: The first point we must decide is, where to meet; That's a good point; You've missed the point; That's the whole point; We're wandering away from the point.) der Punkt
    10) ((a) purpose or advantage: There's no point (in) asking me - I don't know.) der Zweck
    11) (a personal characteristic or quality: We all have our good points and our bad ones.) die Eigenschaft
    12) (an electrical socket in a wall etc into which a plug can be put: Is there only one electrical point in this room?) der Kontakt
    2. verb
    1) (to aim in a particular direction: He pointed the gun at her.) richten
    2) (to call attention to something especially by stretching the index finger in its direction: He pointed (his finger) at the door; He pointed to a sign.) zeigen
    3) (to fill worn places in (a stone or brick wall etc) with mortar.) verfugen
    •
    - pointed
    - pointer
    - pointless
    - pointlessly
    - points
    - be on the point of
    - come to the point
    - make a point of
    - make one's point
    - point out
    - point one's toes
    * * *
    [pɔɪnt]
    I. NOUN
    1. (sharp end) Spitze f; of a star Zacke f; of deer Ende nt fachspr, Sprosse f fachspr
    the \point of the chin die Kinnspitze
    knife/pencil \point Messer-/Bleistiftspitze f
    to hold sb at gun\point/knife \point jdn mit vorgehaltener Pistole/vorgehaltenem Messer bedrohen
    2. (dot) Punkt m
    \point of light Lichtpunkt m
    3. (punctuation mark) Punkt; (in Hebrew) Vokalzeichen nt
    4. (decimal point) Komma
    decimal \point Dezimalpunkt m
    5. (position) Stelle f, Punkt m
    ... at London and all \points west... in London und allen Orten westlich davon
    \point of contact Berührungspunkt m
    \point of departure [or starting \point] Ausgangspunkt m a. fig
    \point of entry (border) Ort m der Einreise; (bullet wound) Einschussstelle f
    to reach the \point of no return den Punkt erreichen, an dem man nicht mehr zurück kann
    at this \point an dieser Stelle
    6. (particular time) Zeitpunkt m
    this seems like a good \point dies scheint ein günstiger Zeitpunkt zu sein
    she was on the \point of collapse sie stand kurz vor dem Zusammenbruch
    I was completely lost at one \point an einer Stelle hatte ich mich komplett verlaufen
    when it comes to the \point that... wenn es einmal so weit kommt, dass...
    they tickled him to the \point of torture sie kitzelten ihn so sehr, dass es fast zur Folter wurde
    at no \point did I think our relationship wouldn't work out zu keinem Zeitpunkt hatte ich daran gezweifelt, dass es zwischen uns nicht klappen würde
    to be [or lie] at the \point of death an der Schwelle des Todes stehen geh, im Sterben liegen
    at this/that \point in time zu dieser/jener Zeit
    at that \point zu diesem Zeitpunkt; (then) in diesem Augenblick
    from that \point on... von da an...
    7. (about to do)
    to be on the \point of doing sth [gerade] im Begriff sein, etw zu tun
    I was on the \point of ringing you myself actually ich wollte dich auch gerade anrufen!
    she was on the \point of telling him the truth when... sie wollte ihm gerade die Wahrheit sagen, als...
    I was on the \point of handing in my resignation beinahe hätte ich gekündigt
    I was on the \point of leaving him ich war kurz davor, ihn zu verlassen
    8. (argument, issue) Punkt m
    ok ok, you've made your \point! ja, ich hab's jetzt verstanden! fam
    you made some interesting \points in your speech Sie haben in Ihrer Rede einige interessante Punkte angesprochen
    what \point are you trying to make? worauf wollen Sie hinaus?
    you have a \point there da ist was dran fam
    she does have a \point though so ganz Unrecht hat sie nicht
    she made the \point that... sie wies darauf hin, dass...; (stress) sie betonte, dass...
    my \point was that... ich wollte sagen, dass...
    my \point exactly das sag ich ja fam
    ok, \point taken o.k., ich hab schon begriffen fam
    that's a \point das ist ein Argument sl
    I take your \point einverstanden
    I can see your \point ich weiß, was du sagen willst
    the \point under dispute der strittige Punkt
    \point of detail Detailfrage f
    to make [or raise] a \point in favour of/against sth ein Argument für etw akk /gegen etw akk einbringen
    to drive home the \point seinen Standpunkt klarmachen
    \point of honour Ehrensache f
    \point of law Rechtsfrage f
    a 5-\point plan ein Fünfpunkteplan m
    to make/prove one's \point seinen Standpunkt deutlich machen
    \point by \point Punkt für Punkt
    9. no pl (most important idea)
    ▪ the \point der springende Punkt
    the \point is... der Punkt ist nämlich der,...
    more to the \point, however,... wichtiger jedoch ist...
    your arguments were very much to the \point deine Argumente waren wirklich sehr sachbezogen
    that's beside the \point [or not the \point]! darum geht es doch gar nicht!
    to come [or get] to the \point auf den Punkt [o zur Sache] kommen
    to get the \point of sth etw verstehen
    to keep [or stick] to the \point beim Thema bleiben
    to make a \point of doing sth [großen] Wert darauf legen, etw zu tun
    to miss the \point of sth nicht verstehen [o begreifen], worum es geht
    10. no pl (purpose) Sinn m, Zweck m
    but that's the whole \point! aber das ist doch genau der Punkt!
    what's the \point of waiting for them? warum sollten wir auf sie warten?
    there's no \point of talking about it any longer es hat keinen Zweck, sich noch länger darüber zu unterhalten
    I really don't see the \point of going to this meeting ich weiß wirklich nicht, warum ich zu dieser Besprechung gehen sollte
    but that's the whole \point of doing it! aber deswegen machen wir es ja gerade!
    what's the \point anyway? was soll's?
    11. (stage in process) Punkt m
    from that \point on... von diesem Moment an...
    the high \point of the evening... der Höhepunkt des Abends...
    things have reached a \point where I just can't bear it any longer ich bin an einen Punkt angelangt, wo ich es einfach nicht mehr aushalten kann
    it got to the \point where no one knew what was going on irgendwann wusste dann keiner mehr, was Sache war
    ... when it came to the \point...... als es soweit war,...
    we'll start again tomorrow from the \point where we left off today wir werden morgen da weitermachen, wo wir heute aufgehört haben
    up to a \point bis zu einem gewissen Grad [o Maße
    being single does have its \points single zu sein hat auch seine Vorteile
    bad/good \points schlechte/gute Seiten
    the book has its \points das Buch hat auch seine guten Seiten
    sb's strong \points jds Stärken
    sb's weak \points jds Schwächen
    13. (in sports) Punkt m
    San Francisco has scored 31 \points San Francisco hat 31 Punkte erzielt
    a win on \points ein Sieg m nach Punkten
    to win on \points nach Punkten siegen
    14. (unit) STOCKEX Punkt m; (with prices) [Prozent]punkt m
    to have risen seven \points sieben Punkte gestiegen sein
    15. (for diamonds) 0,01 Karat
    16. (on compass) Strich m; (on thermometer) Grad m
    17. (in bridge) Punkt m
    18. BOXING Kinnspitze f
    19. (in ballet) Spitze f
    to dance on \points auf Spitzen tanzen
    20. BRIT, AUS (socket) Steckdose f
    21. AUTO
    ▪ \points pl Unterbrecherkontakte pl
    ▪ \points pl Weichen pl
    23. (promontory) Landspitze f
    24. TYPO Punkt m
    the small letters are in 6 \point die kleinen Buchstaben haben Schriftgröße 6 Punkt
    25. (cricket) Position in der Nähe des Schlagmannes
    ▪ \points pl of horse, dog Extremitäten pl
    27. (punch line) of a story Pointe f
    28.
    ▶ to be a good case in \point [für etw akk] ein gutes Beispiel sein
    ▶ sb makes a \point of doing sth für jdn ist es wichtig, etw zu tun
    I know the door was locked because I made a point of checking it ich weiß, dass die Tür abgeschlossen war, weil ich extra nochmal nachgesehen habe
    ▶ to not put too fine a \point on sth nicht um den heißen Brei herumreden fam
    not to put too fine a \point on it,... ehrlich gesagt...
    1. (with finger) deuten, zeigen
    ▪ to \point at [or to] sth/sb [mit dem Finger] auf etw/jdn zeigen
    it's rude to \point at people man zeigt nicht mit dem Finger auf Leute
    2. (be directed) weisen
    there was an arrow \pointing to the door ein Pfeil wies den Weg zur Tür
    the needle was \pointing to ‘empty’ die Nadel zeigte auf ‚leer‘
    to \point east/west nach Osten/Westen weisen [o zeigen
    ▪ to \point to sth auf etw akk hinweisen [o hindeuten]
    all the signs \point to his reinstatement alles deutet darauf hin, dass er wieder eingestellt wird
    4. (use as evidence)
    ▪ to \point to sth auf etw akk verweisen
    5. HUNT dog vorstehen
    ▪ to \point sth at sb/sth weapon etw [auf jdn/etw] richten; stick, one's finger mit etw dat auf jdn/etw zeigen
    to \point the finger [at sb] ( fig) sich akk [über jdn] beschweren
    to \point sb in the direction of sth jdn den Weg zu etw dat beschreiben
    could you \point me in the direction of the bus station, please? könnten Sie mir bitte sagen, wie ich zum Busbahnhof komme?
    to \point the way [to sth] ( fig) den Weg [für etw akk] ebnen
    3. (extend)
    to \point one's toes die Zehen strecken
    ▪ to \point sth etw verfugen [o ausfugen
    5. HUNT
    ▪ to \point sth dog etw anzeigen
    ▪ to \point sth etw interpunktieren fachspr; (in Hebrew) etw vokalisieren
    to \point a psalm einen Psalm mit Deklamationszeichen versehen
    * * *
    point [pɔınt]
    A s
    1. (Nadel-, Messer-, Schwert-, Bleistift- etc) Spitze f:
    not put too fine a point upon sth etwas nicht gerade gewählt ausdrücken;
    at the point of the pistol mit vorgehaltener Pistole oder Waffe, mit Waffengewalt;
    at the point of the sword fig unter Zwang, mit Gewalt
    2. obs
    a) Dolch m
    b) Schwert n
    3. TECH spitzes Instrument, besonders
    a) Stecheisen n
    b) Grabstichel m, Griffel m
    c) Radier-, Ätznadel f
    d) Ahle f
    4. GEOG
    a) Landspitze f
    b) Bergspitze f
    5. JAGD (Geweih)Ende n, Sprosse f
    6. pl Gliedmaßen pl (besonders von Pferden)
    7. LING Punkt m (am Satzende)
    8. TYPO
    a) Punktur f
    b) (typografischer) Punkt (= 0,376 mm)
    c) Punkt m (Blindenschrift)
    9. MATH (geometrischer) Punkt: → intersection 2, 3 a
    10. MATH (Dezimal) Punkt m, Komma n:
    (nought) point three ( in Ziffern: 0.3 oder.3) null Komma drei (0,3);
    9 points fig 90%, fast das Ganze;
    possession is nine points of the law (Sprichwort) der Besitzende hat fast immer das Gesetz auf seiner Seite
    11. auch point of the compass Kompassstrich m
    12. Punkt m:
    a) bestimmte Stelle
    b) PHYS Grad m (einer Skala), Stufe f ( auch TECH eines Schalters):
    4 points below zero 4 Grad unter null;
    point of contact Berührungspunkt;
    point of impact MIL Aufschlag-, Auftreffpunkt;
    a) FLUG Gefahrenmitte f, Umkehrgrenzpunkt m,
    b) fig Punkt, von dem es kein Zurück mehr gibt;
    up to a point fig bis zu einem gewissen Grad; → boiling point, freezing A 1, etc
    13. GEOG Himmelsrichtung f
    14. Punkt m, Stelle f, Ort m:
    point of destination Bestimmungsort;
    point of entry WIRTSCH Eingangshafen m;
    point of lubrication TECH Schmierstelle f, Schmiernippel m
    15. Anschluss-, Verbindungspunkt m, besonders
    a) ELEK Kontakt(punkt) m
    b) ELEK Br Steckdose f
    16. Grenz-, Höhe-, Gipfelpunkt m, Grenze f:
    point of culmination Kulminations-, Höhepunkt;
    frankness to the point of insult Offenheit, die schon an Beleidigung grenzt;
    it gave a point to their day das setzte ihrem Tag ein Glanzlicht auf
    17. a) auch point of time Zeitpunkt m, Augenblick m
    b) kritischer Punkt, entscheidendes Stadium:
    when it came to the point als es so weit war, als es darauf ankam;
    at this point in diesem Augenblick, weitS. an dieser Stelle, hier (in einer Rede etc);
    at the point of death im Sterben, im Augenblick des Todes;
    be on the point of doing sth im Begriff oder auf dem Sprung sein, etwas zu tun;
    18. Punkt m (einer Tagesordnung etc), (Einzel-, Teil)Frage f:
    a case in point ein einschlägiger Fall, ein (typisches) Beispiel;
    at all points in allen Punkten, in jeder Hinsicht;
    differ on several points in etlichen Punkten nicht übereinstimmen;
    point of comparison Vergleichspunkt;
    a point of interest eine interessante Einzelheit;
    point of order PARL Antrag m zur Geschäftsordnung;
    five-point plan Fünfpunkteplan m; → controversy 3, order A 7, question A 2
    19. entscheidender oder springender Punkt, Kernpunkt m, -frage f:
    come (speak) to the point zur Sache kommen (sprechen);
    a) nicht zur Sache gehörig, abwegig,
    b) unwichtig, unerheblich;
    be beside the point auch nichts zur Sache tun;
    to the point zur Sache (gehörig), sachdienlich, sachlich, (zu-)treffend;
    make a point ein Argument anbringen, seine Ansicht durchsetzen;
    the point I’m trying to make is that … was ich sagen will, ist, dass …;
    a) Wert oder Gewicht legen auf (akk), bestehen auf (dat),
    b) sich etwas zum Prinzip machen;
    make the point that … bemerken, dass …;
    that is the point das ist die Frage oder der springende Punkt;
    that’s not the point darum geht es nicht;
    the point is that … die Sache ist die, dass …;
    that’s the point I wanted to make darauf wollte ich hinaus;
    you have a point there es ist etwas dran an dem, was Sie sagen;
    I take your point ich verstehe, was Sie meinen;
    it hasn’t got much point es ist nicht sehr wichtig
    20. Pointe f (eines Witzes etc)
    21. auch point of view Stand-, Gesichtspunkt m, Ansicht f:
    from a political point of view vom politischen Standpunkt aus (gesehen), politisch gesehen;
    make sth a point of hono(u)r etwas als Ehrensache betrachten;
    it’s a point of hono(u)r to him das ist Ehrensache für ihn;
    in point of hinsichtlich (gen);
    in point of fact tatsächlich; → press A 13, stretch A 11
    22. Ziel n, Zweck m, Absicht f:
    carry ( oder make) one’s point sich oder seine Ansicht durchsetzen;
    what’s the point of doing that? was für einen Sinn oder Zweck hat es, das zu tun?;
    what’s your point in doing that? was bezweckst du damit?;
    there is no point in going there es hat keinen Zweck oder es ist sinnlos hinzugehen
    23. Nachdruck m:
    give point to one’s words seinen Worten Gewicht oder Nachdruck verleihen
    24. (hervorstechende) Eigenschaft, (Charakter)Zug m:
    good (bad) points gute (schlechte) Eigenschaften;
    a noble point in her ein edler Zug an ihr;
    strong point starke Seite, Stärke f;
    weak point wunder Punkt, schwache Seite;
    it has its points es hat so seine Vorzüge
    25. Tierzucht: besonderes Rassenmerkmal
    26. Punkt m (eines Bewertungs- oder Rationierungssystems):
    point rationing Punktrationierung f
    27. WIRTSCH Börsensprache: Punkt m, Point m (bei Kursschwankungen)
    28. SPORT Punkt m:
    three points from three games drei Punkte aus drei Spielen;
    be on five points bei fünf Punkten liegen;
    win (lose) on points nach Punkten gewinnen (verlieren);
    points defeat Punktniederlage f;
    points win Punktsieg m, Sieg m nach Punkten;
    winner on points, points winner Punktsieger(in);
    beat sb on points jemanden nach Punkten schlagen;
    be in the points auf einem Punkterang liegen;
    finish out of the points außerhalb der Punkteränge enden;
    a) jemandem vorgeben,
    b) fig jemandem überlegen sein;
    be points better than sb fig jemandem hoch überlegen sein; → score B 1
    29. Boxen: Punkt m, Kinnspitze f
    30. Würfel-, Kartenspiel: Auge n, Punkt m
    a) Näh-, Nadelspitze f (Ggs Klöppelspitze)
    b) Handarbeitsspitze f
    c) → point lace
    d) Stickstich m
    32. MUS
    a) Stakkatopunkt m
    b) Wiederholungszeichen n
    c) charakteristisches Motiv
    d) Imitationsmotiv n
    e) (Themen) Einsatz m
    33. MIL
    a) Spitze f (einer Vorhut)
    b) Ende n (einer Nachhut)
    34. JAGD Stehen n (des Hundes):
    make ( oder come to) a point (vor)stehen (vor dem Wild)
    35. BAHN
    a) Weiche f
    b) Br Weichenschiene f
    36. Heraldik: Feld n (eines Wappens)
    37. potatoes and point sl Kartoffeln mit ohne was dazu
    B v/t
    1. einen Bleistift etc (an-, zu)spitzen
    2. fig seine Worte etc pointieren, betonen
    3. eine Waffe etc richten (at auf akk):
    point one’s finger at sb
    a) (mit dem Finger) auf jemanden deuten oder zeigen,
    b) auch point a ( oder the) finger at sb fig mit Fingern oder dem Finger auf jemanden zeigen;
    point (up)on seine Augen, Gedanken etc richten auf (akk);
    point to den Kurs, jemandes Aufmerksamkeit lenken auf (akk), jemanden bringen auf (akk)
    4. zeigen:
    point the way den Weg weisen (a. fig);
    a) zeigen,
    b) fig hinweisen oder aufmerksam machen auf (akk), betonen,
    c) fig aufzeigen (auch Fehler), klarmachen,
    d) fig ausführen, darlegen;
    point out to sb that … jemanden darauf aufmerksam machen, dass …
    5. auch point up fig betonen, unterstreichen ( beide:
    with mit)
    6. MATH Dezimalstellen durch einen Punkt oder ein Komma trennen:
    point off places Stellen abstreichen
    a) ARCH verfugen,
    b) TECH eine Fuge glatt streichen
    8. JAGD einem Wild vorstehen
    C v/i
    1. (mit dem Finger) deuten, weisen ( beide:
    at, to auf akk)
    2. point to nach einer Richtung weisen oder liegen (Haus)
    3. point to fig
    a) hinweisen, -deuten auf (akk):
    b) ab-, hinzielen auf (akk)
    4. SCHIFF hart am Wind segeln
    5. JAGD vorstehen (Jagdhund)
    6. MED reifen (Abszess etc)
    pt abk
    1. part T.
    3. pint ( pints pl)
    5. port
    * * *
    1. noun
    1) (tiny mark, dot) Punkt, der
    2) (sharp end of tool, weapon, pencil, etc.) Spitze, die

    come to a [sharp] point — spitz zulaufen

    at gun-point/knife-point — mit vorgehaltener [Schuss]waffe/vorgehaltenem Messer

    not to put too fine a point on it — (fig.) um nichts zu beschönigen

    3) (single item) Punkt, der

    agree on a point — in einem Punkt od. einer Frage übereinstimmen

    be a point of honour with somebody — für jemanden [eine] Ehrensache sein

    4) (unit of scoring) Punkt, der

    score points off somebody — (fig.) jemanden an die Wand spielen

    5) (stage, degree)

    things have reached a point where or come to such a point that... — die Sache ist dahin od. so weit gediehen, dass...; (negatively) es ist so weit gekommen, dass...

    she was abrupt to the point of rudeness — sie war in einer Weise barsch, die schon an Unverschämtheit grenzte

    6) (moment) Zeitpunkt, der

    be at/on the point of something — kurz vor etwas (Dat.) sein; einer Sache (Dat.) nahe sein

    be on the point of doing something — im Begriff sein, etwas zu tun; etwas gerade tun wollen

    7) (distinctive trait) Seite, die

    best/strong point — starke Seite; Stärke, die

    the point — (essential thing) das Entscheidende

    that is just the point or the whole point — das ist genau der springende Punkt

    come to or get to the point — zur Sache od. zum Thema kommen

    keep or stick to the point — beim Thema bleiben

    be beside the point — unerheblich sein; keine Rolle spielen

    carry or make one's point — sich durchsetzen

    make a point of doing something — [großen] Wert darauf legen, etwas zu tun

    make or prove a point — etwas beweisen

    you have a point there — da hast du recht; da ist [et]was dran (ugs.)

    9) (tip) Spitze, die; (Boxing) Kinnspitze, die; Kinn, das; (Ballet) Spitze, die
    10) (of story, joke, remark) Pointe, die; (pungency, effect) (of literary work) Eindringlichkeit, die; (of remark) Durchschlagskraft, die
    11) (purpose, value) Zweck, der; Sinn, der

    there's no point in protesting — es hat keinen Sinn od. Zweck zu protestieren

    12) (precise place, spot) Punkt, der; Stelle, die; (Geom.) Punkt, der

    point of contact — Berührungspunkt, der

    point of no return — Punkt, an dem es kein Zurück mehr gibt

    point of view — (fig.) Standpunkt, der

    13) (Brit.)

    [power or electric] point — Steckdose, die

    14) usu in pl. (Brit. Railw.) Weiche, die
    15) usu. in pl. (Motor Veh.): (contact device) Kontakt, der
    16) (unit in competition, rationing, stocks, shares, etc.) Punkt, der

    prices/the cost of living went up three points — die Preise/Lebenshaltungskosten sind um drei [Prozent]punkte gestiegen

    17) (on compass) Strich, der
    2. intransitive verb
    1) zeigen, weisen, [Person auch:] deuten (to, at auf + Akk.)
    2)

    point towards or to — (fig.) [hin]deuten od. hinweisen auf (+ Akk.)

    3. transitive verb
    1) (direct) richten [Waffe, Kamera] (at auf + Akk.)

    point one's finger at something/somebody — mit dem Finger auf etwas/jemanden deuten od. zeigen od. weisen

    2) (Building) aus-, verfugen [Mauer, Steine]
    Phrasal Verbs:
    * * *
    (Typography) n.
    typographischer Punkt (Schriftgrößenskala) m. n.
    Einzelheit f.
    Punkt -e m.
    Spitze -n (Kinn-, Messer-) f.
    Standpunkt m. v.
    zeigen v.

    English-german dictionary > point

  • 12 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 13 показать

    (= показывать) show, register, read, exhibit, reveal, depict, display, illustrate, indicate
    • Анализ этих уравнений показывает, что... - Inspection of these equations shows that...
    • Более совершенным рассуждением можно показать, что... - By a more refined argument it can be shown that...
    • Более того, данное обсуждение показывает, что... - The discussion shows, moreover, that...
    • Более точное вычисление показывает, что... - A more exact calculation shows that...
    • Быстро покажем, что... - It will be shown in a moment that...
    • В главе 2 мы вернемся к этому вопросу и попытаемся показать, что... - In Chapter 2 we shall return to this question and try to show that...
    • В предыдущем параграфе мы уже показали, как исследовать... - In the preceding section we have shown how to investigate...
    • Важно, что исследование также показывает, что... - Importantly, the study also shows that...
    • Нам остается лишь показать, что... - All that remains is to show that...
    • Вычисления показали, что... - Computations have shown that...
    • Далее будет показано, что... - It will be shown in the sequel that...
    • Далее можно показать, что... - It can further be shown that...
    • Далее, легко показать, что... - It is easy to show, furthermore, that...
    • Далее, мы показываем, что существуют функции, нарушающие это неравенство при к > 2... - Next, we show that there are functions which violate this inequality for к > 2.
    • Дальнейшее исследование, однако, показало, что... - Further investigation, however, has shown that...
    • Дальнейшее применение соотношения (1) показывает, что... - Further application of (1) shows that...
    • Данная формулировка показывает сразу несколько аспектов. - The formulation reveals several things.
    • Данные примеры должны показать, что... - These examples should make it clear that...
    • Данный подход показывает, что... - The present approach shows that...
    • Данный результат следует немедленно, если мы можем показать, что... - The result will follow immediately if we can show that...
    • Действительно, в этом случае мы могли бы показать, что... - Indeed, in this case, we may show that...
    • Довольно громоздкое вычисление показывает, что... - A somewhat lengthy computation shows that...
    • Еще более удивительным является пример, найденный Смитом [11], который показывает, что... - Even more startling is an example due to Smith [11], which shows that...
    • Еще раз, это показывает зависимость... - Again, this demonstrates the dependence of...
    • Здесь мы можем только показать, что... - We can show here only that...
    • Изучение... показывает, что... - Studies of... indicate that...
    • Используя определения F и G, легко показать, что... - It is a simple matter, using the definitions of F and G, to show that...
    • Используя эти соотношения, мы легко можем показать по индукции, что... - From these relations we can easily show by induction that...
    • Исследование уравнения (4) показывает, что... - An examination of (4) shows that...
    • Исследования показали важность... - The studies demonstrated the importance of...
    • Видимо, все это показывает, что... - All this seems to show that...
    • Как легко показать, используя..., этим можно полностью пренебречь. - It is utterly negligible, as we can easily show by...
    • Как показывает следующий пример, это не обязательно выполняется. - This is not necessarily the case, as the following example illustrates.
    • Как приложение данного результата, мы покажем, что... - As an application of this result, we show that...
    • Количественный анализ этих результатов показывает, что... - A quantitative analysis of these results shows that...
    • Легко показать, что... - It is easily shown that...
    • Легкое изменение приведенного выше рассуждения показывает, что... - A slight modification of the above reasoning shows that...
    • Метод анализа, намеченный в предыдущем абзаце, показывает... - The method of analysis outlined in the last paragraph shows...
    • Многие годы экспериментов показали, что... - Many years of experimentation have shown that...
    • Можно показать, что в целом это заключение является справедливым. - It can be shown that this conclusion is generally valid.
    • Можно показать, что они являются как достаточными, так и необходимыми. - It may be shown that they are sufficient as well as necessary.
    • Можно показать, что это эквивалентно условию... - This can be shown to be equivalent to the condition that...
    • Мы должны показать, что... - We have to show that...
    • Мы можем показать это на простом примере. - We can demonstrate this with a simple example.
    • Мы оставляем для самостоятельного решения задачу показать, что... - We leave it as a problem to show that...
    • Мы покажем теперь, что это не справедливо. - We shall now show that this is not the case.
    • Мы хотим явно показать, что... - We wish to show explicitly that...
    • На самом деле мы лишь показали, что... - We have in fact only shown that...
    • На самом деле мы можем показать, что... - We can show, in fact, that...
    • На самом деле, его исследование, похоже, показывает, что... - Actually his investigation seemed to show that...
    • Нам остается показать, что... - We need only to show that...; It remains for us to show that...
    • Намеченные выше вычисления показывают, что... - The calculations outlined above show that...
    • Например, мы покажем, что... - We shall show, for example, that...
    • Например, не слишком трудно показать, что... - For example, it is not too difficult to show that...
    • Например, экспериментально было показано, что... - For example, it has been shown experimentally that...
    • Наш простой пример показывает, что... - Our simple example demonstrates that...
    • Наши цифры показывают, что... - Our figures show that...
    • Небольшое изменение этого доказательства показывает, что... - A minor modification of the proof shows that...
    • Небольшое размышление показывает, что... - A moment's reflection will indicate that...
    • Недавние эксперименты показали, что... - Recent experiments have shown that...
    • Недавняя работа показала, что... - Recent work has shown that...
    • Недолгое размышление покажет, что... - A moment's thought will show that...
    • Несколько иное рассуждение показывает, что... - A slightly different argument shows that...
    • Общие наблюдения показывают... - It is a matter of common observation that...
    • Один тип... показан на рис. 2. - One type of... is shown in Figure 2.
    • Однако, мы хотим показать, что... - We wish to show, however, that...
    • Однако мы уже показали, что... - But we have already shown that...
    • Однако следующая теорема показывает, что... - The next theorem shows, however, that...
    • Он показал существование глобального по времени решения. - Не showed existence of a global-in-time weak solution.
    • Описанные здесь исследования показывают, что... - The studies described here show that...
    • Исторический опыт показывает, что... - Historical experience shows that...
    • Остается показать, что... - It remains to be shown that...
    • Оценка показывает, что... - It is estimated that...
    • Подобное же рассуждение показывает нам... - A similar argument will show that...
    • Подобные вычисления показывают, что... - Similar computations reveal that...
    • Подобным образом можно показать, что... - In like manner it can be shown that...
    • Подробный вывод показал бы, что... - A detailed derivation would show that...
    • Подстановка этой величины в уравнение (1) показывает, что... - Insertion of this value into equation (1) shows that...
    • Полная теория показывает, что... - Detailed theory shows that...
    • Помимо всего, нам необходимо показать, что... - Above all, we need to show that...
    • Помимо прочих следствий, данный результат показывает, что... - Among other things, this result shows that...
    • Последнее разложение показывает, что... - The latter expansion shows that...
    • Это может быть трудно показать на практике. - In practice this may be difficult to demonstrate.
    • Предварительные результаты показывают, что... - The preliminary results suggest that...
    • Пренебрегая этими эффектами, легко показать, что... - Neglecting these effects it is easy to show that...
    • Приведенный выше пример 2 показывает, что... - Example 2 above shows that...
    • Придерживаясь тех же обозначений, что и в первом параграфе, мы покажем, что... - With the same notation as in Section 1, we shall show that...
    • Применение данного метода показывает... - An application of this process shows...
    • Продолжая действовать так же, как в параграфе 1, мы можем показать, что... - Proceeding as in Section 1, we may show that...
    • Ранее мы показывали, что... - Earlier we showed that...
    • Рассуждение, приведенное в конце последней главы, показывает, что... - The argument at the end of the last chapter shows that...
    • Рассуждения Гильберта относительно этого уравнения показывают, что... - Hilbert's discussion of this equation shows that...
    • Реальные вычисления, однако, показывают, что... - Actual computations show, however, that...
    • Результат показан ниже. - The result is recorded below.
    • С другой стороны, эксперименты показывают, что... - On the other hand, experiments show that...
    • Следующая серия примеров (= иллюстраций) показывает... - The following series of illustrations shows...
    • Следующая теорема позволяет нам показать, что... - The following theorem enables us to show that...
    • Следующие задачи помогут показать, что важность... - The following problems will help show that importance of...
    • Следующие примеры покажут важность данного определения. - Examples will bring out the significance of this definition.
    • Следующий пример показывает, что... - The following example shows that...
    • Следующим шагом мы покажем, что... - Next it will be shown that...
    • Совершенно аналогичным образом можно показать, что... - It can be shown by an exactly similar process that...
    • Сравнение А и В показывает, что... - A comparison of A and В shows that...
    • Сравнение с точным результатом (2) показывает, что... - A comparison with the exact result (2) shows that...
    • Ссылка на уравнение (6) показывает, что... - Reference to equation (6) shows that...
    • Стандартные вычисления показывают, что... - A routine calculation shows that...
    • Таблицы данных показывают, что... - The tables show that...
    • Теоретические соображения показывают, что... - Theoretical considerations show that...
    • Теперь мы покажем, что допустимо (предполагать и т. п.)... - We shall now show that it is permissible to...
    • Термометр показывает 20 градусов ниже нуля. - The thermometer shows/reads 20 degrees below zero.
    • Типичный... показан на рис. 2. - A typical... is shown in Figure 2.
    • То же самое рассуждение показывает, что... - The same reasoning shows that...
    • То же самое рассуждение четко показывает, что... - The same reasoning evidently shows that...
    • То же самое рассуждение, что и выше, показывает, что... - The same argument as above shows that...
    • То, что мы показали, это... - What we have shown is that...
    • Только что проделанные вычисления показывают нам, что... - The result just calculated shows us that...
    • Рис. 2 показывает результаты, полученные... - Fig. 2 shows results obtained for Equation (2.8).
    • Цель заключается в том, чтобы показать, что... - The aim is to show that...
    • Чтобы доказать теорему, достаточно показать, что... - То prove the theorem it is sufficient to show that...
    • Чтобы завершить доказательство, нам остается показать, что... - То complete the proof, we need to demonstrate that...
    • Чтобы показать, что обратное несправедливо, мы должны... - То show that the converse is false, we must...
    • Чтобы показать, что это невозможно, давайте... - То show that this is not possible, let...
    • Чтобы это доказать, нам остается лишь показать, что... - То prove this we need only show that...
    • Эксперимент подтверждает это, однако также
    (= одновременно) показывает, что... - Experiment confirms this but also shows that...
    • Эксперимент показывает, что... - Experiment shows that...; Experiment tells us that...
    • Эксперименты с полупроводниками показывают, что... - Experiments with semiconductors show that...
    • Эти и многие другие примеры показывают, что... - These and many other examples show that...
    • Эти равенства позволяют нам показать, что... - These identities enable us to show that...
    • Эти рассуждения показывают нам, что... - These considerations show us that...
    • Эти результаты ясно показывают, что... - These results clearly show that...
    • Это доказательство легко переделывается для того, чтобы показать, что... - The proof is easily adapted to show that...
    • Это могло бы быть легко показано при использовании условия... - This may be shown readily by employing the condition that...
    • Это можно показать двумя методами. - This can be seen in two ways.
    • Это показывает (одно) важное ограничение (чего-л). - This demonstrates an important limitation of...
    • Это показывает еще раз, что... - This shows once more that...
    • Это показывает, что невозможно... - This shows that it is impossible to...
    • Это простое соотношение немедленно показывает, что... - This simple relation shows immediately that...
    • Это соотношение также показывает, что... - This relation also shows that...
    • Это ясно показано на рис. 1, которая представляет результаты (чего-л). - This is clearly demonstrated in Figure 1 which shows the results of...
    • Этот пример показывает, что может быть необходимым... - This example shows that it may be necessary to...
    • Этот рисунок четко показывает принципиальные различия между... - This figure clearly illustrates the basic differences between...
    • Этот эффект будет обсуждаться в главе 2, где будет показано, что... - This effect will be discussed in Chapter 2, where it will be shown that...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > показать

  • 14 GÖRA

    ð, also spelt görva, giörva, geyra, giora, gera: prop. gøra, not gra (the ø was sounded nearly as y or ey), so that the g is to be sounded as an aspirate, however the word is spelt; and the insertion of i or j (giöra, gjöra), which is usual in mod. writing, and often occurs in old, is phonetic, not radical, and göra and gjöra represent the same sound. The word in the oldest form had a characteristic v, and is spelt so on the Runic stones in the frequent Runic phrase, gaurva kubl, Baut., and Danske Runemind. passim; but also now and then in old Icel. MSS., e. g. the Kb. of Sæm. (cited from Bugge’s Edit.), gorva, Am. 75, Skv. 1. 34, 3. 20, Hm. 123, Og. 29; gerva, Am. 64, Bkv. 3; giorva, Rm. 9; giorfa, 28; gorvir, Hkv. Hjörv. 41; gørvom, Hým. 6; gorviz, Am. 35; gerviz, Merl. 2. 89:—this characteristic v has since been dropped, and it is usually spelt without it in MSS., gora, Hým. 1, Og. 23, Ls. 65; gera, Am. 85; gorir, Hm. 114: the pret. always drops the v, gorþi, Hym. 21; gorðo or gorþo, fecerunt, Hm. 142, Am. 9; gorðumz, Hðm. 28; gerþi, Am. 74; gerþit, 26:—with i inserted, Rm. 9, 22; giordu, 11; in the Mork. freq. giavra. The ö is still sounded in the east of Icel., whereas gera is the common form in speech, gjöra in writing:—the old pres. indic. used by the poets and in the laws is monosyllabic görr, with suffixed negative, görr-a, Hkr. i. (in a verse); mod. bisyllabic görir, which form is also the usual one in the Sagas:—the old part. pass. was görr or gerr, geyrr, Fms. ix. 498, x. 75, where the v was kept before a vowel, and is often spelt with f, gorvan, gorvir, and gorfan, gorfir: dat. so-goro or so-guru adverbially = sic facto: the mod. part. gjörðr, gerðr, görðr, as a regular part. of the 2nd weak conjugation, which form occurs in MSS. of the 15th century, e. g. Bs. i. 877, l. 21. [This is a Scandin. word; Dan. gjöre; Swed. göra; Old Engl. and Scot. gar, which is no doubt of Scandin. origin, the Saxon word being do, the Germ. thun, neither of which is used in the Scandin.; the word however is not unknown to the Teut., though used in a different sense; A. S. gervan and gearvjan = parare; O. H. G. karwan; Germ. gerben, garben, but esp. the adj. and adv. gar, vide above s. v. gör-.] To make, to do; the Icel. includes both these senses.
    A. To make:
    I. to build, work, make, etc.; göra himin ok jörð, 623. 36, Hom. 100; göra hús, to build a house, Fms. xi. 4, Rb. 384; göra kirkju, Bjarn. 39; göra skip, N. G. L. i. 198; göra langskip, Eg. 44; göra stólpa, Al. 116; göra tól (= smíða), Vsp. 7; göra (fingr)-gull, Bs. i. 877; göra haug, to build a cairn, Eg. 399; göra lokhvílu, Dropl. 27; göra dys, Ld. 152; göra kistu ( coffin), Eg. 127; göra naust, N. G. L. i. 198; göra jarðhús, Dropl. 34; göra veggi, Eg. 724: also, göra bók, to write a book, Íb. 1, Rb. 384; göra kviðling, to make a song, Nj. 50; göra bréf, to draw up a deed ( letter), Fms. ix. 22; göra nýmæli, to frame a law, Íb. 17.
    2. adding prep.; göra upp, to repair, rebuild, restore, Fb. ii. 370; göra upp Jórsala-borg, Ver. 43; göra upp skála, Ld. 298; göra upp leiði, to build up a grave.
    II. to make, prepare, get ready; göra veizlu, drykkju, brúðkaup, erfi, and poët. öl, öldr, to make a feast, brew bridal ale, Fs. 23, Fms. xi. 156, Dropl. 6, Am. 86; göra seið, blót, to perform a sacrifice, Ld. 152; göra bú, to set up a house, Grág. i. 185, Ld. 68; göra eld, to make a fire, Fs. 100, K. Þ. K. 88; göra rekkju, to make one’s bed, Eg. 236; göra upp hvílur, Sturl. ii. 124; göra graut, to make porridge, Eg. 196, N. G. L. i. 349; göra drykk, to make a drink, Fms. i. 8; göra kol, or göra til kola, to make charcoal, Ölk. 35.
    III. in somewhat metaph. phrases; göra ferð, to make a journey, Fms. x. 281; görði heiman för sína, he made a journey from home, Eg. 23; göra sinn veg, to make one’s way, travel, Mar.; göra uppreisn, to make an uprising, to rebel, Rb. 384, Fms. ix. 416; göra úfrið, to make war, 656 C. 15; göra sátt, göra frið, to make peace, Hom. 153, Bs. i. 24; göra féskipti, Nj. 118; göra tilskipan, to make an arrangement, Eg. 67; göra ráð sitt, to make up one’s mind, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 21; göra hluti, to cast lots, Fms. x. 348.
    2. to make, give, pay, yield; göra tíund, to pay tithes, Hom. 180; hann skal göra Guði tíunda hlut verðsins, id.; göra ölmusu, to give alms, 64; göra ávöxt, to yield fruit, Greg. 48; gefa né göra ávöxt, Stj. 43; göra konungi skatt eða skyld, Fms. xi. 225.
    3. to contract; göra vináttu, félagskap, to contract friendship, Nj. 103, Eg. 29; göra skuld, to contract a debt, Grág. i. 126: göra ráð með e-m, to take counsel with, advise one, Eg. 12; göra ráð fyrir, to suppose, Nj. 103, Fms. ix. 10; göra mun e-s, to make a difference, i. 255, Eb. 106.
    4. to make, make up, Lat. efficere; sex tigir penninga göra eyri, sixty pence make an ounce, Grág. i. 500, Rb. 458.
    5. to grant, render; göra kost, to make a choice, to grant, Nj. 130, Dropl. 6, Fms. xi. 72, (usually ellipt., kostr being understood); vil ek at þér gerit kostinn, Nj. 3; ok megit þér fyrir því göra ( grant) honum kostinn, 49, 51; göra e-m lög, to grant the law to one, 237; göra guðsifjar, to make ‘gossip’ with one, to be one’s godfather, Fms. ii. 130.
    6. special usages; göra spott, háð, gabb, … at e-u, to make sport, gibes, etc. at or over a thing, Fms. x. 124; göra iðran, to do penance, Greg. 22; göra þakkir, to give thanks, Hom. 55; göra róm at máli e-s, to cheer another’s speech, shout hear, hear! var görr at máli hans mikill rómr ok góðr, his speech was much cheered, Nj. 250,—a parliamentary term; the Teutons cheered, the Romans applauded (with the hands), cp. Tacit. Germ.
    7. with prepp.; gera til, to make ready or dress meat; láta af ( to kill) ok göra til ( and dress), K. Þ. K. 80, Ísl. ii. 83, 331, Fs. 146, 149, Bjarn. 31, Finnb. 228; göra til nyt, to churn milk, K. Þ. K. 78; göra til sverð, to wash and clean the sword, Dropl. 19; máttu þeir eigi sjá, hversu Þorvaldr var til gerr, how Th. got a dressing, Nj. 19.
    β. göra at e-u, to mend, make good, put right (at-görð), ek skal at því gera, Fms. xi. 153, Eg. 566, Nj. 130: to heal, Bárð. 171, Eg. 579, Grág. i. 220; göra at hesti, K. Þ. K. 54, Nj. 74: göra við e-u, vide B. II.
    8. adding acc. of an adj., part., or the like; göra mun þat margan höfuðlausan, Nj. 203; göra mikit um sik, to make a great noise, great havoc, Fb. i. 545, Grett. 133, Fms. x. 329; göra e-n sáttan, to reconcile one, Grág. i. 336; göra sér e-n kæran, to make one dear to oneself, Hkr. i. 209; göra sik líkan e-m, to make oneself like to another, imitate one, Nj. 258; göra sik góðan, to make oneself good or useful, 74, 78; göra sik reiðan, to take offence, 216; göra sér dælt, to make oneself at home, take liberties, Ld. 134, Nj. 216; göra langmælt, to make a long speech, Sks. 316; göra skjót-kjörit, to make a quick choice, Fms. ii. 79; göra hólpinn, to ‘make holpen,’ to help, x. 314; göra lögtekit, to make a law, issue a law, xi. 213, Bs. i. 37; hann gerði hann hálshöggvinn, he had him beheaded, Fms. ix. 488, v. l.; ok görðu þá handtekna alla at minsta kosti, Sturl. i. 40; várir vöskustu ok beztu menn era görfir handteknir, 41.
    β. göra sér mikit um e-t, to make much of, admire, Eg. 5, Fms. x. 254, 364; göra e-t at ágætum, to make famous, extol a thing, vii. 147; göra at orðum, to notice as remarkable, Fas. i. 123; göra at álitum, to take into consideration, Nj. 3; göra sér úgetið at e-u, to be displeased with, Ld. 134; göra vart við sik, to make one’s presence noticed, Eg. 79; göra sér mikit, lítið fyrir, to make great, small efforts, Finnb. 234; göra sér í hug, to brood over; hann gerði sér í hug at drepa jarl, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar lund, to fancy, think: göra af sér, to exert oneself, ef þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, Edda 32; hvárt hann var með Eiríki jarli, eðr görði hann annat af sér, or what else he was making of himself, Fms. xi. 157.
    9. phrases, gera fáleika á sik, to feign, make oneself look sad, Nj. 14; esp. adding upp, gera sér upp veyki, to feign sickness, (upp-gerð, dissimulation); göra sér til, to make a fuss, (hence, til-gerð, foppishness.)
    B. To do:
    I. to do, act; allt þat er hann gerir síðan ( whatever he does), þat á eigandi at ábyrgjask, Gþl. 190; þér munut fátt mæla eðr gera, áðr yðr munu vandræði af standa, i. e. whatsoever you say or do will bring you into trouble, Nj. 91; göra e-t með harðfengi ok kappi, 98; ger svá vel, ‘do so well,’ be so kind! 111; gerit nú svá, góði herra (please, dear lord!), þiggit mitt heilræði, Fms. vii. 157: and in mod. usage, gerið þér svo vel, gerðu svo vel, = Engl. please, do! sagði, at hann hafði með trúleik gört, done faithfully, Eg. 65; göra gott, to do good; göra íllt, to do evil, (góð-görð, íll-görð); ok þat var vel gört, well done, 64; geyrða ek hotvetna íllt, I did evil in all things, Niðrst. 109; hefir hann marga hluti gört stór-vel til mín, he has done many things well towards me, I have received many great benefits at his hands, Eg. 60: with dat., svá mikit gott sem jarl hefir mér gert, Nj. 133; þér vilda ek sízt íllt göra, I would least do harm to thee, 84: göra fúlmennsku, to do a mean act, 185; göra vel við e-n, to do well to one, Fs. 22; göra stygð við e-n, to offend one, Fms. x. 98; göra sæmiliga til e-s, to do well to one, Ld. 62, Nj. 71; göra sóma e-s, to do honour to one, Fms. vii. 155; göra e-m gagn, to give help to one, Nj. 262; göra e-m sæmd, skomm, to do ( shew) honour, dishonour, to one, 5, Fms. x. 43; göra háðung, xi. 152; göra styrk, to strengthen one, ix. 343; göra e-m skapraun, to tease one; göra ósóma, Vápn. 19; göra skaða ( scathe), Eg. 426; göra óvina-fagnað, to give joy to one’s enemies, i. e. to do just what they want one to do, Nj. 112; göra til skaps e-m, to conform to one’s wishes, 80; gerum vér sem faðir vár vill, let us do as our father wishes, 198; vel má ek gera þat til skaps föður míns at brenna inni með honum, id.; göra at skapi e-s, id., 3; var þat mjök gert móti mínu skapi, Fms. viii. 300; gera til saka við e-n, to offend, sin against one, Nj. 80; gera á hluta e-s, to wrong one, Vígl. 25; göra ílla fyrir sér, to behave badly, Fms. vii. 103.
    II. adding prep.; göra til e-s, to deserve a thing (cp. til-görð, desert, behaviour); hvat hafðir þú til gört, what hast thou done to deserve it? Nj. 130; framarr en ek hefi til gört, more than I have deserved, Fms. viii. 300; ok hafit þér Danir heldr til annars gört, ye Danes have rather deserved the reverse, xi. 192, Hom. 159:—göra eptir, to do after, imitate, Nj. 90:—göra við e-u (cp. við-görð, amendment), to provide for, amend, ok mun úhægt vera at göra við forlögum þeirra, Ld. 190; er úhægt at göra við ( to resist) atkvæðum, Fs. 22; ok mun ekki mega við því gera, Nj. 198:—göra af við e-n (cp. af-görð, evil doing), to transgress against one, ek hefi engan hlut af gört við þik, Fms. vii. 104, viii. 241; ok iðrask nú þess er hann hefir af gert, 300; göra af við Guð, to sin against God, Hom. 44.
    2. special usages; göra … at, to do so and so; spurði, hvat hann vildi þá láta at gera, he asked what he would have done, Nj. 100; hann gerði þat eina at, er hann átti, he did only what be ought, 220; þeir Flosi sátu um at rengja, ok gátu ekki at gert, F. tried, and could do nothing, 115, 242; þér munut ekki fá at gert, fyrr en …, 139; Flosi ok hans menn fengu ekki at gert, 199; mikit hefir þú nú at gert, much hast thou now done ( it is a serious matter), 85; er nú ok mikit at gert um manndráp siðan, 256; hann vildi taka vöru at láni, ok göra mikit at, and do great things, Ld. 70; Svartr hafði höggit skóg ok gert mikit at, Nj. 53; slíkt gerir at er sölin etr, so it happens with those who eat seaweed, i. e. that (viz. thirst) comes of eating seaweed, Eg. 605.
    β. göra af e-u, to do so and so with a thing; hvat hafið ér gert af Gunnari, Njarð. 376; ráð þú draumana, vera má at vér gerim af nokkut, may be that we may make something out of it, Ld. 126; gör af drauminum slíkt er þér þykkir líkligast, do with the dream ( read it) as seems to thee likeliest, Ísl. ii. 196: göra við e-n, to do with one; þá var um rætt, hvað við þá skyldi göra, what was to be done with them? Eg. 232; ærnar eru sakir til við Egil, hvat sem eg læt göra við hann, 426; eigi veit ek hvat þeir hafa síðan við gört, 574: göra fyrir e-t, to provide; Jón var vel fjáreigandi, ok at öllu vel fyrir gört, a wealthy and well-to-do man, Sturl. iii. 195; þótt Björn sé vel vígr maðr, þá er þar fyrir gört, því at …, but that is made up, because …: fyrir göra (q. v.), to forfeit.
    C. METAPH. AND SPECIAL USAGES:
    I. to do, help, avail; nú skulum vér ganga allir á vald jarlsins, því at oss gerir eigi annat, nothing else will do for us, Nj. 267; þat mun ekki gera, that wont do, 84; en ek kann ekki ráð til at leggja ef þetta gerir ekki, Fms. ii. 326; konungr vill þat eigi, þvi at mér gerir þat eigi ( it will not do for me) at þér gangit hér upp, x. 357; þat gerir mér ekki, at þér gangit á Orminn, … en hitt má vera at mér komi at gagni, ii. 227; þóttisk þá vita, at honum mundi ekki gera ( it would do nothing) at biðja fyrir honum, Fb. i. 565; engum gerði við hann at keppa, 571; ekki gerði þeim um at brjótask, Bárð. 10 new Ed.; sagða ek yðr eigi, at ekki mundi gera at leita hans, Sks. 625; hvat gerir mér nú at spyrja, Stj. 518; ekki gerir at dylja, no use hiding it, Fbr. 101 new Ed.; ætla þat at fáir þori, enda geri engum, Band. 7; bæði var leitað til annarra ok heima, ok gerði ekki, but did no good, 4; hét hann þeim afarkostum, ok gerði þat ekki, but it did no good, Fms. ii. 143.
    II. to send, despatch, cp. the Engl. to ‘do’ a message; hann gerði þegar menn frá sér, Eg. 270; hann hafði gört menn sex á skóginn fyrir þá, 568; þá gerði Karl lið móti þeim, Fms. i. 108; jarl gerði Eirík at leita Ribbunga, ix. 314; hann gerði fram fyrir sik Álf á njósn, 488; hann gerði menn fyrir sér at segja konunginum kvámu sína, x. 10; hleypi-skúta var gör norðr til Þrándheims, vii. 206; jafnan gerði jarl til Ribbunga ok drap menn af þeim, ix. 312; vilja Ósvífrs-synir þegar gera til þeirra Kotkels, despatch them to slay K., Ld. 144; skulu vér nú göra í mót honum, ok láta hann engri njósn koma, 242:—göra eptir e-m, to send after one, Nero bað göra eptir postulunum ok leiða þangat, 656 C. 26; nú verðr eigi eptir gört at miðjum vetri, Grág. i. 421; frændr Bjarnar létu göra eptir (Germ. abholen) líki hans, Bjarn. 69; síðan gerðu þeir til klaustrs þess er jómfrúin var í, Fms. x. 102:—gera e-m orð, njósn, to do a message to one; hann gerði orð jörlum sínum, Eg. 270; ætluðu þeir at göra Önundi njósn um ferðir Egils, 386, 582; vóru þangat orð gör, word was sent thither, Hkr. ii. 228.
    III. with infin. as an auxiliary verb, only in poetry and old prose (laws); ef hón gerði koma, if she did come, Völ. 5; gerðit vatn vægja, Am. 25; gramr gørr-at sér hlífa, he does not spare himself, Hkr. i. (in a verse); gerðut vægjask, id., Fs. (in a verse); hann gerðisk at höggva, Jb. 41; görðir at segja, Bkv. 15; görðisk at deyja, Gkv. 1. 1: in prose, eigi gerir hugr minn hlægja við honum, Fas. i. 122; góðir menn göra skýra sitt mál með sannsögli, 677. 12; Aristodemus görði eigi enn at trúa, Post.: esp. in the laws, ef þeir göra eigi ganga í rúm sín, Grág. i. 8; ef goðinn gerr eigi segja, 32; ef hann gerr eigi í ganga, 33; ef þeir göra eigi hluta meðr sér, 63; ef dómendr göra eigi dæma, 67; ef dómendr göra eigi við at taka, id.; ef goðinn gerr eigi ( does not) nefna féráns-dóm, 94; nú göra þeir menn eigi úmaga færa, 86; ef þeir göra eigi nefna kvöðina af búanum, Kb. ii. 163; ef þeir göra eigi segja, hvárt …, Sb. ii. 52; nú gerr sá eigi til fara, Kb. ii. 96; göra eigi koma, 150; ef hann gerr eigi kjósa, § 113.
    IV. a law term, göra um, or gera only, to judge or arbitrate in a case; fékksk þat af, at tólf menn skyldu göra um málit, Nj. 111; villt þú göra um málit, 21; bjóða mun ek at göra um, ok lúka upp þegar görðinni, 77; mun sá mála-hluti várr beztr, at góðir menn geri um, 88; málin vóru lagið í gerð, skyldu gera um tólf menn, var þá gert um málin á þingi, var þat gert, at … (follows the verdict), 88; vil ek at þú sættisk skjótt ok látir góða menn gera um …, at hann geri um ok enir beztu menn af hvárra liði lögliga til nefndir, 188; Njáll kvaðsk eigi gera mundu nema á þingi, 105; þeir kváðusk þat halda mundu, er hann gerði, id.; skaltú gera sjálfr, 58; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, 120; ek vil bjóðask til at göra milli ykkar Þórðar um mál yðar, Bjarn. 55; Þorsteinn kvað þat þó mundi mál manna, at þeir hefði góða nefnd um sættir þótt hann görði, 56; nú er þegar slegit í sætt málinu með því móti, at Áskell skal göra um þeirra í milli, Rd. 248; er nú leitað um sættir milli þeirra, ok kom svá at þeir skulu göra um málin Þorgeirr goði frá Ljósa-vatni ok Arnórr ór Reykjahlíð, sú var görð þeirra at …, 288; svá kemr at Ljótr vill at Skapti görði af hans hendi, en Guðmundr vill sjálfr göra fyrir sína hönd, skyldi Skapti gerð upp segja, Valla L. 225; eigi hæfir þat, leitum heldr um sættir ok geri Þorgeirr um mál þessi, Lv. 12; var jafnt gört sár Þórðar ok sár Þórodds, Eb. 246; þær urðu mála-lyktir at Þórðr skyldi göra um …, 24; ok vóru þá görvar miklar fésektir, 128; var leitað um sættir, ok varð þat at sætt, at þeir Snorri ok Steindórr skyldi göra um, 212; þit erut gerfir héraðs-sekir sem íllræðis-menn, Fs. 58: göra görð, Sturl. i. 63, 105: adding the fine, to fix the amount, þat er gerð mín, at ek geri verð húss ok matar, I fix the amount of the value of the house and (stolen) stores, Nj. 80; gerði Njáll hundrað silfrs, N. put it at a hundred silver pieces, 58; margir mæltu, at mikit vaeri gert, that the amount was high, id.; slíkt fégjald sem gert var, 120; vilit ér nokkut héraðs-sektir göra eða utanferðir, 189; hann dæmdi þegar, ok görði hundrað silfrs, 6l; síðan bauð Bjarni Þorkatli sætt ok sjálfdæmi, görði Bjarni hundrað silfrs, Vápn. 31; ek göri á hönd Þóri hundrað silfrs, Lv. 55; ek göri á hönd þér hundrað silfrs, id.; vilit þér, at ek göra millum ykkar? síðan görði konungr konuna til handa Þórði ok öll fé hennar, Bjarn. 17; Rafn kvað hann mikit fé annat af sér hafa gört, at eigi þætti honum þat betra, Fs. 30; Gellir görði átta hundrað silfrs, Lv. 97; fyrir þat gerði Börkr hinn digri af honum eyjarnar, B. took the isles from him as a fine, Landn. 123: adding the case as object, Gunnarr gerði gerðina, G. gave judgment in the case, Nj. 80; fyrr en gert var áðr um hitt málit, till the other case was decided, 120; þá sætt er hann görði Haraldi jarli, that settlement which he made for earl Harold, Fms. viii. 300: Flosi var görr utan ok allir brennu-menn, F. was put out ( banished) and all the burners, Nj. 251: metaph., nema þau vili annat mál á gera, unless they choose to settle it otherwise, Grág. i. 336.
    2. in the phrase, göra sekð, to make a case of outlawry, Grág. i. 118; eigi um görir sekð manns ella, else the outlawry takes no effect; en hann um görir eigi ella sekðina, else he cannot condemn him, 119.
    3. to perform; eptir-gerðar þeirrar sem hverr nennti framast at gera eptir sinn náung, Fms. viii. 103; en þat grunaði konung, at hann mundi ætla at göra eptir sumar sættir, i. e. that he had some back door to escape by, Orkn. 58 (cp. Ó. H.); allt þat er þér gerit nú fyrir þeirra sálum, id.
    V. special usages, to make allowance for; gera fóðr til fjár, to make an arbitrary allowance for, Ísl. ii. 138; hence, to suppose, en ef ek skal göra til fyrir fram ( suggest) hvat er hón (the code) segir mér, þá segi ek svá, at …, Fms. ix. 331; gera sér í hug, Fs. 112; göra sér í hugar-lund, to fancy; göra e-m getsakir, to impute to one; gera orð á e-u, to report a thing; þat er ekki orð á því geranda, ‘tis not worth talking about; eigi þarf orð at göra hjá því (‘tis not to be denied), sjálfan stólkonunginn blindaði hann, Mork. 14 (cp. Fms. vi. 168, l. c.); gera sér létt, to take a thing lightly, Am. 70; göra sér far um, to take pains; göra sér í hug, hugar-lund, to suppose.
    D. IMPERS. it makes one so and so, one becomes; hann görði fölvan í andliti, he turned pale, Glúm. 342; leysti ísinn ok görði varmt vatnið, the water became warm, 623. 34; veðr görði hvast, a gale arose, Eg. 128; hríð mikla gerði at þeim, they were overtaken by a storm, 267; þá gerði ok á hríð (acc.) veðrs, 281; féll veðrit ok gerði logn (acc.), and became calm, 372; görði þá stórt á firðinum, the sea rose high, 600; til þess er veðr lægði ok ljóst gerði, and till it cleared up, 129; um nóttina gerði á æði-veðr ok útsynning, 195; görir á fyrir þeim hafvillur, they lost their course (of sailors), Finnb. 242; mér gerir svefnhöfugt, I grow sleepy, Nj. 264; þá görði vetr mikinn þar eptir hinn næsta, Rd. 248.
    E. REFLEX, to become, grow, arise, and the like; þá görðisk hlátr, then arose laughter, Nj. 15; görðisk bardagi, it came to a fight, 62, 108; sá atburðr görðisk, it came to pass, Fms. x. 279; þau tíðendi er þar höfðu görzt, Ld. 152; gerðisk með þeim félagskapr, they entered into fellowship, Eg. 29; gerðisk svá fallit kaup, Dipl. ii. 10; Sigurðr konungr gerðisk ( grew up to be) ofstopa-maðr …, görðisk mikill maðr ok sterkr, Fms. vii. 238; hann görðisk brátt ríkr maðr ok stjórnsamr, xi. 223; Unnr görðisk þá mjök elli-móð, U. became worn with age, Ld. 12; sár þat er at ben görðisk, a law term, a wound which amounted to a bleeding wound, Nj. passim:—to be made, to become, görask konungr, to become king, Eg. 12; ok görðisk skáld hans, and became his skáld, 13; görðisk konungs hirðmaðr, 27; görask hans eigin-kona, to become his wedded wife, Fms. i. 3; at hann skyldi görask hálf-konungr yfir Dana-veldi, 83; vill Hrútr görask mágr þinn, Nj. 3; hann gerðisk síðan óvarari, he became less cautious, Fms. x. 414.
    2. with the prep. svá, to happen, come to pass so and so; svá görðisk, at …, it so happened, that …, Nj. 167; görðisk svá til, at …, Fms. x. 391; þá görðisk svá til um síðir, at…, at last it came to pass. that …, 392; enda vissi hann eigi, at þingför mundi af görask, in case he knew not that it would entail a journey to parliament, Grág. i. 46: with at added, to increase, þá görðisk þat mjök at um jarl ( it grew even worse with the earl) at hann var úsiðugr um kvenna-far, görðisk þat svá mikit, at …, it grew to such a pitch, that …, Hkr. i. 245; hence the mod. phrase, e-ð á-görist, it increases, gains, advances, esp. of illness, bad habits, and the like, never in a good sense.
    3. impers. with dat., honum gerðisk ekki mjök vært, he felt restless, Ld. 152; næsta gerisk mér kynlegt, I feel uneasy, Finnb. 236.
    4. to behave, bear oneself; Páll görðisk hraustliga í nafni Jesu, Post. 656 C. 13.
    5. to set about doing, be about; fám vetrum síðan görðisk hann vestr til Íslands, Fms. x. 415; maðr kom at honum ok spurði, hvat hann gerðisk, what he was about, Ó. H. 244; görðisk jarl til Ribbunga, Fms. ix. 312, v. l.; tveir menn görðusk ferðar sinnar, two men set out for a journey, x. 279; görðusk menn ok eigi til þess at sitja yfir hlut hans, Eg. 512; at þessir menn hafa görzk til svá mikils stórræðis, Fms. xi. 261; eigi treystusk menn at görask til við hann, Bárð. 160.
    6. (mod.) to be; in such phrases as, eins og menn nú gerast, such as people now are; eins og flestir menn gerast.
    F. PART. PASS. görr, geyrr (Fms. ix. 498, x. 75), gjörr, gerr, as adj., compar. görvari, superl. görvastr; [A. S. gearu; gare, Chaucer, Percy’s Ballads; O. H. G. garwe; Germ. gar]:—skilled, accomplished; vaskligr, at sér görr, Ld. 134; vel at sér görr, Ísl. ii. 326, Gísl. 14; gerr at sér um allt, Nj. 51; hraustir ok vel at sér görvir, Eg. 86; at engi maðr hafi gervari at sér verit en Sigurðr, Mork. 221; allra manna snjallastr í máli ok görvastr at sér, Hkr. iii. 360: the phrase, leggja görva hönd á e-t, to set a skilled hand to work, to be an adept, a master in a thing; svá hagr, at hann lagði allt á görva hönd, Fas. i. 391, (á allt görva hönd, iii. 195.)
    2. ready made, at hand; in the saying, gott er til geyrs (i. e. görs, not geirs) at taka, ‘tis good to have a thing at hand, Hkm. 17; ganga til görs, to have it ready made for one, Ld. 96; gör gjöld, prompt punishment, Lex. Poët.:—with infin., gerr at bjóða, ready to offer, Gh. 17; gervir at eiskra, in wild spirits, Hom. 11; görvar at ríða, Vsp. 24: with gen. of the thing, gerr ílls hugar, prone to evil, Hým. 9; gerr galdrs, prone to sorcery, Þd. 3; skulut þess görvir, be ready for that! Am. 55.
    II. [cp. görvi, Engl. gear], done, dressed; svá görvir, so ‘geared,’ so trussed, Am. 40.
    III. adverb. phrases, so-gurt, at soguru, so done; verða menn þat þó so-gurt at hafa, i. e. there is no redress to be had, Hrafn. 9; hafi hann so-gurt, N. G. L. i. 35, Nj. 141; kvað eigi so-gort duga, 123, v. l.; at (með) so-guru, this done, quo facto, Skv. 1. 24, 40; freq. with a notion of being left undone, re infecta. Germ. unverrichteter sache, Eg. 155, Glúm. 332, Ó. H. 202; enda siti um so-gort, and now let it stand, Skálda 166; við so-gurt, id., 655 vii. 4; á so-gurt ofan, into the bargain, Bs. i. 178, Ölk. 36, Fas. i. 85.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GÖRA

  • 15 as

    æz
    1. conjunction
    1) (when; while: I met John as I was coming home; We'll be able to talk as we go.) cuando; mientras
    2) (because: As I am leaving tomorrow, I've bought you a present.) como
    3) (in the same way that: If you are not sure how to behave, do as I do.) como, igual que
    4) (used to introduce a statement of what the speaker knows or believes to be the case: As you know, I'll be leaving tomorrow.) como
    5) (though: Old as I am, I can still fight; Much as I want to, I cannot go.) aunque; por mucho que + verbo en subjuntivo
    6) (used to refer to something which has already been stated and apply it to another person: Tom is English, as are Dick and Harry.) al igual que

    2. adverb
    (used in comparisons, eg the first as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) tan

    3. preposition
    1) (used in comparisons, eg the second as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) como
    2) (like: He was dressed as a woman.) como
    3) (with certain verbs eg regard, treat, describe, accept: I am regarded by some people as a bit of a fool; He treats the children as adults.) como
    4) (in the position of: He is greatly respected both as a person and as a politician.) como, en tanto que
    •
    - as if / as though
    - as to
    as1 adv tan / tanto
    as2 conj
    1. mientras / cuando
    2. como / ya que
    as she wasn't there, I left a message como no estaba, le dejé un mensaje
    3. como
    Liam, as you know, is a singer Liam, como ya sabéis, es cantante
    as3 prep como / de


    as sustantivo masculino ace
    as sustantivo masculino ace Locuciones: as en la manga, ace up one's sleeve 'as' also found in these entries: Spanish: abandonar - abismo - acabada - acabado - acreditar - actuar - además - adjetivar - alguna - alguno - amabilidad - amable - amarrar - ambas - ambicionar - ambos - amén - andanzas - antes - antojo - apadrinar - apellidarse - apenas - aquel - aquél - aquella - aquélla - arreglarse - arte - artífice - asesorar - así - asimismo - atar - aviar - bailar - balsa - bendita - bendito - bien - bloque - bondad - brevedad - broma - buenamente - burra - burro - cachondeo - cada - calcada English: above - acclaim - accomplished - accused - ace - acknowledge - act - action - address - advance - against - ago - aim - all - along - aloud - apprentice - arson - as - asap - assistant - bat - bell - black - bonus - both - by - by-product - capacity - cast - chalk - change - check off - cheer - class - clear - click - cluster - come on - compare - concern - construe - crop up - crow - dammit - date - dead - deaf - decision - decoy
    as
    tr[æz, ʊnstressed əz]
    1 como
    1 (while) mientras; (when) cuando
    ■ as he painted, he whistled mientras pintaba, silbaba
    2 (because) ya que, como
    3 (although) aunque
    ■ tall as he was, he still couldn't reach the shelf aunque era alto no podía alcanzar el estante
    ■ as I was saying,... como decía,...
    ■ do as you are told! ¡haz lo que te dicen!
    ■ as you all know,... como ya sabéis todos,...
    5 (and so too) como, igual que
    ■ she's colour-blind, as is her mother es daltónica, igual que su madre
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as against frente a, en comparación con
    as far as hasta
    as far as I know que yo sepa
    as far as I'm concerned por lo que a mí respecta
    as for en cuanto a
    as if como si
    as it is tal como están las cosas
    as it were por así decirlo
    as long as mientras
    as of desde
    as often as not las más de las veces
    as soon as tan pronto como
    as though como si
    as well as además de
    as yet hasta ahora, de momento
    as ['æz] adv
    1) : tan, tanto
    this one's not as difficult: éste no es tan difícil
    2) : como
    some trees, as oak and pine: algunos árboles, como el roble y el pino
    as conj
    1) like: como, igual que
    2) when, while: cuando, mientras, a la vez que
    3) because: porque
    4) though: aunque, por más que
    strange as it may appear: por extraño que parezca
    5)
    as is : tal como está
    as prep
    1) : de
    I met her as a child: la conocí de pequeña
    2) like: como
    behave as a man: compórtate como un hombre
    as pron
    : que
    in the same building as my brother: en el mismo edificio que mi hermano
    as
    adv.
    • a medida que adv.
    • como adv.
    • cual adv.
    • cuan adv.
    • tan adv.
    • ya que adv.
    conj.
    • conforme conj.
    • que conj.
    • según conj.
    prep.
    • por prep.
    pron.
    • cual pron.
    • que pron.

    I æz, weak form əz
    1)
    a) (when, while) cuando

    as she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...

    as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda

    b) ( indicating progression) a medida que

    as (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando

    2) (because, since) como

    as it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos

    3) ( though)

    try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo

    much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...

    4)
    a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, como

    in the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30

    it's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable

    the situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...

    5)
    a) ( in the way that) como

    do as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca

    she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba

    use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda

    b) ( defining)

    Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes

    as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización

    as... as — tan... como

    7)

    as if/as though — como si (+ subj)

    he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara

    he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto


    II
    1) ( equally)

    I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)

    2)

    as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960


    III
    1)
    a) (in the condition, role of)

    as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar

    as a teacher... — como maestro...

    b) ( like) como

    as for — en cuanto a, respecto a

    and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...

    as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de

    as to — en cuanto a, respecto a

    [æz, ǝz] For set combinations in which as is not the first word, eg such... as, the same... as, dressed as, acknowledge as, look up the other word.
    1. CONJUNCTION
    You can usually use cuando when the as clause simply tells you when an event happened: cuando Alternatively, use [al] + infinitive:

    as the car drew level with us, I realized Isabel was driving — al llegar el coche a nuestra altura or cuando el coche llegó a nuestra altura, me di cuenta de que lo conducía Isabel

    Translate as using mientras for longer actions which are happening at the same time: (=while) mientras

    as we walked, we talked about the future — mientras caminábamos, hablábamos del futuro

    In the context of two closely linked actions involving parallel development, translate [as] using [a medida que] or [conforme]. Alternatively, use [según va] {etc} + gerund:

    as one gets older, life gets more and more difficult — a medida que se envejece or conforme se envejece or según va uno envejeciendo, la vida se hace cada vez más difícil

    as he got older he got deafer — a medida que or conforme envejeció se fue volviendo más sordo, según fue envejeciendo se fue volviendo más sordo

    When as means "since" or "because", you can generally use como, provided you put it at the beginning of the sentence. Alternatively, use the more formal puesto que either at the beginning of the sentence or between the clauses or ya que especially between the clauses. como; more frm puesto que, ya que

    as you're here, I'll tell you — como estás aquí or puesto que estás aquí, te lo diré

    he didn't mention it as he didn't want to worry you — como no quería preocuparte, no lo mencionó, no lo mencionó puesto que no quería preocuparte

    he couldn't come as he had an appointment — no pudo asistir porque or puesto que or ya que tenía un compromiso

    patient as she is, she'll probably put up with it — con lo paciente que es, seguramente lo soportará

    3) (describing way, manner) como

    knowing him as I do, I'm sure he'll refuse — conociéndolo como lo conozco, estoy seguro de que no aceptará

    the village, situated as it is near a motorway,... — el pueblo, situado como está cerca de una autopista,...

    as I've said before... — como he dicho antes...

    as I was saying... — como iba diciendo...

    she is very gifted, as is her brother — tiene mucho talento, al igual que su hermano

    • you'll have it by noon as agreed — lo tendrá antes del mediodía, tal como acordamos

    • it's not bad, as hotels go — no está mal, en comparación con otros hoteles

    • as in all good detective stories — como en toda buena novela policíaca

    • as you know — como sabe

    • Arsenal are playing as never before! — ¡Arsenal está jugando mejor que nunca!

    • as often happens — como suele ocurrir

    • he performed brilliantly, as only he can — actuó de maravilla, como solo él sabe hacerlo

    • as you were! — (Mil) ¡descansen!

    • do as you wish — haga lo que quiera

    4) (=though) aunque

    tired as he was, he went to the party — aunque estaba cansado, asistió a la fiesta

    interesting as the book is, I don't think it will sell very well — el libro es interesante, pero aún así no creo que se venda bien, aunque el libro es interesante, no creo que se venda bien

    try as she would or might, she couldn't lift it — por más que se esforzó no pudo levantarlo

    unlikely as it may seem... — por imposible que parezca...

    as if {or}3} as though como si

    it was as if or as though he were still alive — era como si estuviera todavía vivo

    he looked as if or as though he was ill — parecía como si estuviera enfermo

    it isn't as if or as though he were poor — no es que sea pobre, que digamos

    as if she knew! — ¡como si ella lo supiera!

    as if to

    the little dog nodded his head, as if to agree — el perrito movió la cabeza, como asintiendo

    as in as it is

    as it is, it doesn't make much difference — en realidad, casi da lo mismo

    as it is we can do nothing — en la práctica or tal y como están las cosas no podemos hacer nada

    as it were

    I'd understood the words, but I hadn't understood the question, as it were — había entendido las palabras, pero no había comprendido la pregunta, por así decirlo

    I have become, as it were, two people — me he convertido como en dos personas

    as was

    that's the headmistress, the deputy as was — esa es la directora, que antes era la subdirectora

    2. PREPOSITION
    1) (=while)
    2) (=in the capacity of) como

    I don't think much of him as an actor — como actor, no me gusta mucho

    Gibson as Hamlet — (Theat) Gibson en el papel de Hamlet

    such 3.
    3. ADVERB
    as... as tan... como

    she hit him as hard as she could — lo golpeó lo más fuerte que pudo, lo golpeó tan fuerte como pudo

    she doesn't walk as quickly or as fast as me — no camina tan rápido como yo

    walk as quickly or as fast as you can — camina lo más rápido que puedas

    is it as far as that? — ¿tan lejos está?

    is it as big as all that? — ¿es de verdad tan grande?

    as little as as many... as tantos(-as)... como

    I've got a lot of tapes but I haven't got as many as him or as he has — tengo muchas cintas, pero no tantas como él

    as much

    she thought he was an idiot, and said as much — pensaba que era un idiota, y así lo expresó

    as much... as tanto(-a)... como

    you spend as much as me or as I do — tú gastas tanto como yo

    it can cost as much as $2,000 — puede llegar a costar 2.000 dólares

    as one half/twice/three times as... without as {or}3} so much as as for

    as for the children, they were exhausted — en cuanto a los niños, estaban rendidos, los niños, por su parte, estaban rendidos

    as for that... — en cuanto a esto...

    as from as of

    as of yesterday/now — a partir de ayer/ahora

    as to

    as to that I can't say — en lo que a eso se refiere, no lo sé

    as to her mother... — en cuanto a su madre...

    as yet hasta ahora, hasta el momento; regard 2., 4)
    * * *

    I [æz], weak form [əz]
    1)
    a) (when, while) cuando

    as she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...

    as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda

    b) ( indicating progression) a medida que

    as (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando

    2) (because, since) como

    as it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos

    3) ( though)

    try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo

    much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...

    4)
    a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, como

    in the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30

    it's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable

    the situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...

    5)
    a) ( in the way that) como

    do as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca

    she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba

    use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda

    b) ( defining)

    Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes

    as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización

    as... as — tan... como

    7)

    as if/as though — como si (+ subj)

    he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara

    he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto


    II
    1) ( equally)

    I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)

    2)

    as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960


    III
    1)
    a) (in the condition, role of)

    as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar

    as a teacher... — como maestro...

    b) ( like) como

    as for — en cuanto a, respecto a

    and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...

    as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de

    as to — en cuanto a, respecto a

    English-spanish dictionary > as

  • 16 Portuguese Communist Party

    (PCP)
       The Portuguese Communist Party (PCP) has evolved from its early anarcho-syndicalist roots at its formation in 1921. This evolution included the undisciplined years of the 1920s, during which bolshevization began and continued into the 1930s, then through the years of clandestine existence during the Estado Novo, the Stalinization of the 1940s, the "anarcho-liberal shift" of the 1950s, the emergence of Maoist and Trotskyist splinter groups of the 1960s, to legalization after the Revolution of 25 April 1974 as the strongest and oldest political party in Portugal. Documents from the Russian archives have shown that the PCP's history is not a purely "domestic" one. While the PCP was born on its own without Soviet assistance, once it joined the Communist International (CI), it lost a significant amount of autonomy as CI officials increasingly meddled in PCP internal politics by dictating policy, manipulating leadership elections, and often financing party activities.
       Early Portuguese communism was a mix of communist ideological strands accustomed to a spirited internal debate, a lively external debate with its rivals, and a loose organizational structure. The PCP, during its early years, was weak in grassroots membership and was basically a party of "notables." It was predominantly a male organization, with minuscule female participation. It was also primarily an urban party concentrated in Lisbon. The PCP membership declined from 3,000 in 1923 to only 40 in 1928.
       In 1929, the party was reorganized so that it could survive clandestinely. As its activity progressed in the 1930s, a long period of instability dominated its leadership organs as a result of repression, imprisonments, and disorganization. The CI continued to intervene in party affairs through the 1930s, until the PCP was expelled from the CI in 1938-39, apparently because of its conduct during police arrests.
       The years of 1939-41 were difficult ones for the party, not only because of increased domestic repression but also because of internal party splits provoked by the Nazi-Soviet pact and other foreign actions. From 1940 to 1941, two Communist parties struggled to attract the support of the CI and accused each other of "revisionism." The CI was disbanded in 1943, and the PCP was not accepted back into the international communist family until its recognition by the Cominform in 1947.
       The reorganization of 1940-41 finally put the PCP under the firm control of orthodox communists who viewed socialism from a Soviet perspective. Although Soviet support was denied the newly reorganized party at first, the new leaders continued its Stalinization. The enforcement of "democratic centralism" and insistence upon the "dictatorship of the proletariat" became entrenched. The 1940s brought increased growth, as the party reached its membership apex of the clandestine era with 1,200 members in 1943, approximately 4,800 in 1946, and 7,000 in 1947.
       The party fell on hard times in the 1950s. It developed a bad case of paranoia, which led to a witch hunt for infiltrators, informers, and spies in all ranks of the party. The lower membership figures who followed the united antifascist period were reduced further through expulsions of the "traitors." By 1951, the party had been reduced to only 1,000 members. It became a closed, sectarian, suspicious, and paranoiac organization, with diminished strength in almost every region, except in the Alentejo, where the party, through propaganda and ideology more than organizational strength, was able to mobilize strikes of landless peasants in the early 1950s.
       On 3 January 1960, Álvaro Cunhal and nine other political prisoners made a spectacular escape from the Peniche prison and fled the country. Soon after this escape, Cunhal was elected secretary-general and, with other top leaders, directed the PCP from exile. Trotskyite and Maoist fractions emerged within the party in the 1960s, strengthened by the ideological developments in the international communist movement, such as in China and Cuba. The PCP would not tolerate dissent or leftism and began purging the extreme left fractions.
       The PCP intensified its control of the labor movement after the more liberal syndical election regulations under Prime Minister Mar- cello Caetano allowed communists to run for leadership positions in the corporative unions. By 1973, there was general unrest in the labor movement due to deteriorating economic conditions brought on by the colonial wars, as well as by world economic pressures including the Arab oil boycott.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, the PCP enjoyed a unique position: it was the only party to have survived the Estado Novo. It emerged from clandestinity as the best organized political party in Portugal with a leadership hardened by years in jail. Since then, despite the party's stubborn orthodoxy, it has consistently played an important role as a moderating force. As even the Socialist Party (PS) was swept up by the neoliberal tidal wave, albeit a more compassionate variant, increasingly the PCP has played a crucial role in ensuring that interests and perspectives of the traditional Left are aired.
       One of the most consistent planks of the PCP electoral platform has been opposition to every stage of European integration. The party has regularly resisted Portuguese membership in the European Economic Community (EEC) and, following membership beginning in 1986, the party has regularly resisted further integration through the European Union (EU). A major argument has been that EU membership would not resolve Portugal's chronic economic problems but would only increase its dependence on the world. Ever since, the PCP has argued that its opposition to membership was correct and that further involvement with the EU would only result in further economic dependence and a consequent loss of Portuguese national sovereignty. Further, the party maintained that as Portugal's ties with the EU increased, the vulnerable agrarian sector in Portugal would risk further losses.
       Changes in PCP leadership may or may not alter the party's electoral position and role in the political system. As younger generations forget the uniqueness of the party's resistance to the Estado Novo, public images of PCP leadership will change. As the image of Álvaro Cunhal and other historical communist leaders slowly recedes, and the stature of Carlos Carvalhas (general secretary since 1992) and other moderate leaders is enhanced, the party's survival and legitimacy have strengthened. On 6 March 2001, the PCP celebrated its 80th anniversary.
        See also Left Bloc.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Portuguese Communist Party

  • 17 AS

    æz
    1. conjunction
    1) (when; while: I met John as I was coming home; We'll be able to talk as we go.) cuando; mientras
    2) (because: As I am leaving tomorrow, I've bought you a present.) como
    3) (in the same way that: If you are not sure how to behave, do as I do.) como, igual que
    4) (used to introduce a statement of what the speaker knows or believes to be the case: As you know, I'll be leaving tomorrow.) como
    5) (though: Old as I am, I can still fight; Much as I want to, I cannot go.) aunque; por mucho que + verbo en subjuntivo
    6) (used to refer to something which has already been stated and apply it to another person: Tom is English, as are Dick and Harry.) al igual que

    2. adverb
    (used in comparisons, eg the first as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) tan

    3. preposition
    1) (used in comparisons, eg the second as in the following example: The bread was as hard as a brick.) como
    2) (like: He was dressed as a woman.) como
    3) (with certain verbs eg regard, treat, describe, accept: I am regarded by some people as a bit of a fool; He treats the children as adults.) como
    4) (in the position of: He is greatly respected both as a person and as a politician.) como, en tanto que
    •
    - as if / as though
    - as to
    as1 adv tan / tanto
    as2 conj
    1. mientras / cuando
    2. como / ya que
    as she wasn't there, I left a message como no estaba, le dejé un mensaje
    3. como
    Liam, as you know, is a singer Liam, como ya sabéis, es cantante
    as3 prep como / de


    as sustantivo masculino ace
    as sustantivo masculino ace Locuciones: as en la manga, ace up one's sleeve 'as' also found in these entries: Spanish: abandonar - abismo - acabada - acabado - acreditar - actuar - además - adjetivar - alguna - alguno - amabilidad - amable - amarrar - ambas - ambicionar - ambos - amén - andanzas - antes - antojo - apadrinar - apellidarse - apenas - aquel - aquél - aquella - aquélla - arreglarse - arte - artífice - asesorar - así - asimismo - atar - aviar - bailar - balsa - bendita - bendito - bien - bloque - bondad - brevedad - broma - buenamente - burra - burro - cachondeo - cada - calcada English: above - acclaim - accomplished - accused - ace - acknowledge - act - action - address - advance - against - ago - aim - all - along - aloud - apprentice - arson - as - asap - assistant - bat - bell - black - bonus - both - by - by-product - capacity - cast - chalk - change - check off - cheer - class - clear - click - cluster - come on - compare - concern - construe - crop up - crow - dammit - date - dead - deaf - decision - decoy
    as
    tr[æz, ʊnstressed əz]
    1 como
    1 (while) mientras; (when) cuando
    ■ as he painted, he whistled mientras pintaba, silbaba
    2 (because) ya que, como
    3 (although) aunque
    ■ tall as he was, he still couldn't reach the shelf aunque era alto no podía alcanzar el estante
    ■ as I was saying,... como decía,...
    ■ do as you are told! ¡haz lo que te dicen!
    ■ as you all know,... como ya sabéis todos,...
    5 (and so too) como, igual que
    ■ she's colour-blind, as is her mother es daltónica, igual que su madre
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as against frente a, en comparación con
    as far as hasta
    as far as I know que yo sepa
    as far as I'm concerned por lo que a mí respecta
    as for en cuanto a
    as if como si
    as it is tal como están las cosas
    as it were por así decirlo
    as long as mientras
    as of desde
    as often as not las más de las veces
    as soon as tan pronto como
    as though como si
    as well as además de
    as yet hasta ahora, de momento
    as ['æz] adv
    1) : tan, tanto
    this one's not as difficult: éste no es tan difícil
    2) : como
    some trees, as oak and pine: algunos árboles, como el roble y el pino
    as conj
    1) like: como, igual que
    2) when, while: cuando, mientras, a la vez que
    3) because: porque
    4) though: aunque, por más que
    strange as it may appear: por extraño que parezca
    5)
    as is : tal como está
    as prep
    1) : de
    I met her as a child: la conocí de pequeña
    2) like: como
    behave as a man: compórtate como un hombre
    as pron
    : que
    in the same building as my brother: en el mismo edificio que mi hermano
    as
    adv.
    • a medida que adv.
    • como adv.
    • cual adv.
    • cuan adv.
    • tan adv.
    • ya que adv.
    conj.
    • conforme conj.
    • que conj.
    • según conj.
    prep.
    • por prep.
    pron.
    • cual pron.
    • que pron.

    I æz, weak form əz
    1)
    a) (when, while) cuando

    as she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...

    as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda

    b) ( indicating progression) a medida que

    as (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando

    2) (because, since) como

    as it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos

    3) ( though)

    try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo

    much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...

    4)
    a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, como

    in the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30

    it's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable

    the situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...

    5)
    a) ( in the way that) como

    do as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca

    she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba

    use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda

    b) ( defining)

    Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes

    as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización

    as... as — tan... como

    7)

    as if/as though — como si (+ subj)

    he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara

    he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto


    II
    1) ( equally)

    I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)

    2)

    as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960


    III
    1)
    a) (in the condition, role of)

    as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar

    as a teacher... — como maestro...

    b) ( like) como

    as for — en cuanto a, respecto a

    and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...

    as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de

    as to — en cuanto a, respecto a

    ABBR
    (US)
    1) = Associate in Sciences
    2) = American Samoa
    * * *

    I [æz], weak form [əz]
    1)
    a) (when, while) cuando

    as she was eating breakfast... — cuando or mientras tomaba el desayuno...

    as you go toward the bank, it's the first house on the left — yendo hacia el banco, es la primera casa a mano izquierda

    b) ( indicating progression) a medida que

    as (and when) we need them — a medida que or según los vamos necesitando

    2) (because, since) como

    as it was getting late, we decided to leave — como se hacía tarde, decidimos irnos

    3) ( though)

    try as he might, he could not open it — por más que trató, no pudo abrirlo

    much as I agree with you... — aun estando de acuerdo contigo como estoy...

    4)
    a) (expressing comparison, contrast) igual que, como

    in the 1980s, as in the 30s — en la década de los 80, al igual que en la de los 30

    it's quite reasonable, as restaurants go — para como están los restaurantes, es bastante razonable

    the situation, as we understand it, is... — la situación, tal como nosotros la entendemos, es...

    5)
    a) ( in the way that) como

    do as you wish — haz lo que quieras or lo que te parezca

    she arrived the next day, as planned/expected — llegó al día siguiente como se había planeado/como se esperaba

    use form A or B as appropriate — use el formulario A o B, según corresponda

    b) ( defining)

    Sri Lanka, or Ceylon, as it used to be known — Sri Lanka, o Ceilán, como se llamaba antes

    as it is: we can't publish it as it is no podemos publicarlo tal y como está, no podemos publicarlo así como está; we've got too much work as it is ya tenemos demasiado trabajo; as it were por así decirlo; as was: our new president, our secretary as was — el nuevo presidente, ex secretario de nuestra organización

    as... as — tan... como

    7)

    as if/as though — como si (+ subj)

    he acts as if o as though he didn't care — se comporta como si no le importara

    he looks as if o as though he's had enough — tiene cara de estar harto


    II
    1) ( equally)

    I have lots of stamps, but he has just as many/twice as many — yo tengo muchos sellos, pero él tiene tantos como yo/el doble (que yo)

    2)

    as... as: these animals grow to as much as 12ft long estos animales llegan a medir 12 pies de largo; as recently as 1976 aún en 1976; as many as 400 people hasta 400 personas; as long ago as 1960 — ya en 1960


    III
    1)
    a) (in the condition, role of)

    as a child she adored dancing — de pequeña or cuando era pequeña le encantaba bailar

    as a teacher... — como maestro...

    b) ( like) como

    as for — en cuanto a, respecto a

    and as for you... — y en cuanto a ti..., y en lo que a ti respecta...

    as of o (BrE) as from — desde, a partir de

    as to — en cuanto a, respecto a

    English-spanish dictionary > AS

  • 18 FOR

    fo:
    1. preposition
    1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) para
    2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) para, hacia, en dirección a
    3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) durante
    4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) (pedir dinero); (salir) a (pasear)
    5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) por
    6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) para
    7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) por
    8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?) por
    9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) por, a favor de
    10) (because of: for this reason.) por, a causa de
    11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) para
    12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) para
    13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) por, para
    14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) para
    15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) a pesar de

    2. conjunction
    (because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) ya que, puesto que
    for prep
    1. para
    is this the train for London? ¿es éste el tren que va a Londres?
    2. por
    I bought it for £12 lo compré por 12 libras
    what can I do for you? ¿qué puedo hacer por ti?
    3. desde hace
    4. durante
    5. de
    "T" for Tony "T" de Tony
    what's the word for "cheese" in Spanish? ¿cómo se dice "cheese" en español?
    6. a favor de
    are you for the plan, or against it? ¿estás a favor del plan, o en contra?
    tr[fɔːSMALLr/SMALL]
    1 (intended) para
    ■ there's a phone call for Mr. Smith hay una llamada para el Sr. Smith
    2 (purpose) para
    ■ what's this for? ¿para qué sirve esto?
    ■ shall we meet for lunch? ¿quedamos para comer?
    ■ where do I catch the train for Newcastle? ¿dónde se coge el tren para Newcastle?
    4 (in order to help, on behalf of) por
    5 (because of, on account of) por, a causa de
    ■ a meeting has been called for 10.00 se ha convocado una reunión para las 10.00
    ■ I've lived here for 5 years hace 5 años que vivo aquí, vivo aquí desde hace 5 años
    8 (in exchange, as replacement of) por
    ■ I got it for £500 lo conseguí por 500 libras
    ■ the record went for $50 el disco se vendió por 50 dólares
    9 (in favour of, in support of) por, a favor de
    ■ who did you vote for? ¿a quién votaste?
    ■ are you for or against the new laws? ¿estás a favor o en contra de las nuevas leyes?
    10 (despite) a pesar de, para; (considering, contrast) para
    ■ I still love him, for all his faults lo quiero, a pesar de todos sus defectos
    11 (as) de, como, por
    ■ what do they use for fuel? ¿qué utilizan de combustible?
    ■ for further details... para más información....
    ■ I can't go to the meeting - will you go for me? no puedo asistir a la reunión - ¿quieres ir en mi lugar?
    ■ what's the Spanish for "pool"? ¿cómo se dice "pool" en castellano?
    14 (as regards, concerning) por, en cuanto a
    ■ for my part, he can do as he likes por mí, que haga lo que quiera
    ■ as for him, who cares? en cuanto a él, ¿a quién le importa?
    ■ luckily for us, it didn't rain afortunadamente para nosotros, no llovió
    15 (as part of, as being) por, para
    ■ do you know that for a fact? ¿lo sabes a ciencia cierta?
    ■ what do you want for dinner? ¿qué quieres para comer?
    1 para
    16 formal use literal ya que, puesto que
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    as for me por mi parte, en cuanto a mí
    for all I know que yo sepa
    for all that a pesar de todo, con todo
    for good para siempre
    for the first time por primera vez
    for the last time por última vez
    oh for...! ¡ojalá tuviera...!
    ■ oh for a star to guide my way! ¡ojalá tuviera una estrella que me guiara los pasos!
    there's nothing for it but... no hay más remedio que...
    to be for it cargársela
    for ['fɔr] conj
    : puesto que, porque
    for prep
    1) (indicating purpose) : para, de
    clothes for children: ropa para niños
    it's time for dinner: es la hora de comer
    2) because of: por
    for fear of: por miedo de
    a gift for you: un regalo para ti
    he fought for his country: luchó por su patria
    5) (indicating a goal) : por, para
    a cure for cancer: una cura para el cáncer
    for your own good: por tu propio bien
    I bought it for $5: lo compré por $5
    a lot of trouble for nothing: mucha molestia para nada
    7) as for: para, con respecto a
    8) (indicating duration) : durante, por
    he's going for two years: se va por dos años
    I spoke for ten minutes: hablé (durante) diez minutos
    she has known it for three months: lo sabe desde hace tres meses
    conj.
    • para conj.
    • pues conj.
    • ya que conj.
    n.
    • por s.m.
    prep.
    • a causa de prep.
    • como prep.
    • de prep.
    • durante prep.
    • en honor de prep.
    • en lugar de prep.
    • para prep.
    • por prep.

    I fɔːr, fɔː(r), weak form fər, fə(r)
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque
    ABBR
    = free on rail franco en ferrocarril
    * * *

    I [fɔːr, fɔː(r)], weak form [fər, fə(r)]
    2)
    a) ( intended for) para

    is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

    clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

    is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

    b) ( on behalf of) por

    he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

    c) ( in favor of) a favor de

    what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

    it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

    to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

    to be for it — (colloq)

    here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

    4)
    a) (as)

    what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

    what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

    c) ( instead of) por

    could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

    5) ( giving reason) por

    if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

    6)
    a) ( in exchange for) por

    I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

    for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

    7)
    a) ( as concerns) para
    8)

    for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

    is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

    oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

    the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

    11)

    I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

    how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

    c) (by, before) para

    II
    conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque

    English-spanish dictionary > FOR

  • 19 demasiado

    adj.
    too much, far too much, a bit much, much too much.
    adv.
    too, much, too much, all too.
    pron.
    too much.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: demasiarse.
    * * *
    1 (singular) too much; (plural) too many
    * * *
    1. (f. - demasiada)
    adj.
    too much, too many
    2. adv.
    too, too much
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) (=excesivo) too much

    ¡esto es demasiado! — that's the limit!

    ¡qué demasiado! — * wow! *

    2. ADV
    1) (=en exceso) [con adjetivos, adverbios] too; [con verbos] too much
    2) LAm (=mucho)

    lo siento demasiado — I'm very o really sorry

    DEMASIADO ¿"Too", "too much" o "too many"? ► Demasiado se traduce por too delante de {adjetivos} y {adverbios}: Hace demasiado calor It's too hot Hace un día demasiado bueno para quedarse trabajando en casa It's too nice a day to stay at home working Hablas demasiado deprisa You talk too quickly ► Se traduce por too much cuando demasiado describe o se refiere a nombres {incontables} y como complemento de verbos: Le he echado demasiada agua a las patatas I've put too much water in the potatoes Creo que he comido demasiado I think I've eaten too much Habla demasiado He talks too much Cuando acompaña a un verbo de tiempo demasiado suele traducirse como too long: Ha tardado demasiado en acabar la tesis He's taken too long to finish his thesis ► Se traduce por too many cuando demasiado precede a nombres {contables} en {plural}: Tiene demasiadas preocupaciones She has too many worries Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo (delante del n)

    había demasiada gente/demasiados coches — there were too many people/cars

    II
    1) <pequeño/caliente/caro> too
    2) <comer/hablar/preocuparse> too much
    III
    - da pronombre
    * * *
    = far too (many/much), too + Adjetivo/Adverbio, too great, too heavily, too much, too far, all too + Adjetivo, way too much, overly much.
    Ex. Obviously this is far too many references or added entries.
    Ex. A user may reject a document because it is in a language that he cannot read or because it was written too long ago.
    Ex. Truuskee Sanders, NBLC organiser for the Children's Panel, feels that the press attach too great importance to the books thus selected.
    Ex. This leads to an approach which is insufficiently analytical, and which relies too heavily upon enumeration.
    Ex. Finally a word of caution: do not expect too much.
    Ex. Public libraries have had difficulty in establishing such a role without straying too far outside their own area of competence.
    Ex. The author compares the high tech dreams of access to information technology for US school libraries with the all too shabby reality that currently exists.
    Ex. Staying out late, lots of glasses of wine and having way too much fun has resulted in us both feeling under the weather all weekend long.
    Ex. In the past, she's relied overly much on her ready laugh, lean looks, and willingness to doff her duds.
    ----
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * calentarse demasiado = overheat.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily, all too easy.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * conducir demasiado cerca de otro = tailgate.
    * confiarse demasiado = be lulled into a false sense of.
    * consentir demasiado = overindulge.
    * demasiada presión = overpressure.
    * demasiadas veces = one too many times.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo = over + Adjetivo, too narrowly + Adjetivo, overly + Adjetivo, disappointingly + Adjetivo.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su desgracia = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * demasiado ansioso = overeager [over-eager].
    * demasiado bien pagado = overpaid.
    * demasiado blando = mushy [mushier -comp., mushiest -sup.].
    * demasiado caro = overpriced [over-priced].
    * demasiado cerca = too close for comfort.
    * demasiado chabacano = all too shabby.
    * demasiado complejo = overcomplex.
    * demasiado complicado = overcomplicated [over-complicated].
    * demasiado común = all too common.
    * demasiado corto = all too short.
    * demasiado costoso = non-affordable [nonaffordable].
    * demasiado cualificado = overqualified.
    * demasiado decorado = overly-decorated.
    * demasiado delgado = underweight.
    * demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.
    * demasiado entusiasmado = overeager [over-eager].
    * demasiado entusiasta = overenthusiastic [over-enthusiastic].
    * demasiado exagerado = overly-exaggerated.
    * demasiado fácil = all too easy, far too easy.
    * demasiado fácilmente = all too easily.
    * demasiado frecuente = all too frequent.
    * demasiado fuerte = over-strong.
    * demasiado gordo = overweight.
    * demasiado grande = overgrown, oversized.
    * demasiado indulgente con uno mismo = self-indulgent.
    * demasiado lejos = too far.
    * demasiado líquido = runny [runnier -comp., runniest -sup.].
    * demasiado maduro = overripe.
    * demasiado mayor en relación con Algo = overage.
    * demasiado mayor para su curso = overage for grade.
    * demasiado meticuloso = nitpicking [nit-picking].
    * demasiado optimista = over-optimistic [overoptimistic].
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * demasiado precipitado = too hurried, too rush.
    * demasiado preciso = over-precise.
    * demasiado pronto = too soon.
    * demasiado puntilloso = hair-splitting [hairsplitting].
    * demasiado raro = all too rare.
    * demasiado recargado = glaring.
    * demasiados = too many, all too many, Número + too many.
    * demasiado seguro de uno mismo = overconfident.
    * demasiado simplificado = oversimplified [over-simplified].
    * demasiados participantes = too many cooks (spoil the broth).
    * demasiados pocos = all too few.
    * demasiado susceptible = oversensitive.
    * demasiado sutil = hair-splitting [hairsplitting].
    * demasiado tarde = too late.
    * demasiado temprano = too early.
    * demasiado tiempo = too long.
    * demasiado usado = overworked, overused [over-used].
    * desarrollarse demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * durante demasiado tiempo = for too long.
    * encabezamiento demasiado general = much-too-broad heading.
    * encarecer demasiado = price out of + the market, price out of + the reach.
    * encontrar Algo demasiado difícil = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * enfatizar demasiado = overstress.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * exigir demasiado = overtax.
    * exigir demasiado de = put + strain on.
    * fruta demasiado madura = overripe fruit.
    * gastar demasiado = overspend.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hilar demasiado fino = split + hairs.
    * horarios de trabajo demasiado cargados = over-long hours.
    * intentar abarcar demasiado = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * llegar demasiado lejos = go + too far.
    * llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.
    * mimar demasiado = spoil + Nombre + rotten, overindulge.
    * no darle demasiada importancia a Algo = think + little of.
    * pagar demasiado = pay through + the nose.
    * prometer demasiado = over-promise.
    * proteger demasiado = overprotect.
    * que espera demasiado = over expectant.
    * regado con demasiada frecuencia = heavily watered.
    * ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.
    * ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.
    * ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.
    * sin pensarlo demasiado = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * utilizarse con demasiada frecuencia = be overworked.
    * * *
    I
    - da adjetivo (delante del n)

    había demasiada gente/demasiados coches — there were too many people/cars

    II
    1) <pequeño/caliente/caro> too
    2) <comer/hablar/preocuparse> too much
    III
    - da pronombre
    * * *
    = far too (many/much), too + Adjetivo/Adverbio, too great, too heavily, too much, too far, all too + Adjetivo, way too much, overly much.

    Ex: Obviously this is far too many references or added entries.

    Ex: A user may reject a document because it is in a language that he cannot read or because it was written too long ago.
    Ex: Truuskee Sanders, NBLC organiser for the Children's Panel, feels that the press attach too great importance to the books thus selected.
    Ex: This leads to an approach which is insufficiently analytical, and which relies too heavily upon enumeration.
    Ex: Finally a word of caution: do not expect too much.
    Ex: Public libraries have had difficulty in establishing such a role without straying too far outside their own area of competence.
    Ex: The author compares the high tech dreams of access to information technology for US school libraries with the all too shabby reality that currently exists.
    Ex: Staying out late, lots of glasses of wine and having way too much fun has resulted in us both feeling under the weather all weekend long.
    Ex: In the past, she's relied overly much on her ready laugh, lean looks, and willingness to doff her duds.
    * alcanzar + Posesivo + mejor momento demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * calentarse demasiado = overheat.
    * con demasiada facilidad = all too easily, all too easy.
    * con demasiada frecuencia = all too often.
    * con demasiadas expectativas = over expectant.
    * con demasiado trabajo = overworked.
    * conducir demasiado cerca de otro = tailgate.
    * confiarse demasiado = be lulled into a false sense of.
    * consentir demasiado = overindulge.
    * demasiada presión = overpressure.
    * demasiadas veces = one too many times.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo = over + Adjetivo, too narrowly + Adjetivo, overly + Adjetivo, disappointingly + Adjetivo.
    * demasiado + Adjetivo + para su desgracia = too + Adjetivo + for + Posesivo + own good.
    * demasiado amplio = overwide [over-wide].
    * demasiado ansioso = overeager [over-eager].
    * demasiado bien pagado = overpaid.
    * demasiado blando = mushy [mushier -comp., mushiest -sup.].
    * demasiado caro = overpriced [over-priced].
    * demasiado cerca = too close for comfort.
    * demasiado chabacano = all too shabby.
    * demasiado complejo = overcomplex.
    * demasiado complicado = overcomplicated [over-complicated].
    * demasiado común = all too common.
    * demasiado corto = all too short.
    * demasiado costoso = non-affordable [nonaffordable].
    * demasiado cualificado = overqualified.
    * demasiado decorado = overly-decorated.
    * demasiado delgado = underweight.
    * demasiado donde elegir = embarrassment of riches, spoilt for choice.
    * demasiado entusiasmado = overeager [over-eager].
    * demasiado entusiasta = overenthusiastic [over-enthusiastic].
    * demasiado exagerado = overly-exaggerated.
    * demasiado fácil = all too easy, far too easy.
    * demasiado fácilmente = all too easily.
    * demasiado frecuente = all too frequent.
    * demasiado fuerte = over-strong.
    * demasiado gordo = overweight.
    * demasiado grande = overgrown, oversized.
    * demasiado indulgente con uno mismo = self-indulgent.
    * demasiado lejos = too far.
    * demasiado líquido = runny [runnier -comp., runniest -sup.].
    * demasiado maduro = overripe.
    * demasiado mayor en relación con Algo = overage.
    * demasiado mayor para su curso = overage for grade.
    * demasiado meticuloso = nitpicking [nit-picking].
    * demasiado optimista = over-optimistic [overoptimistic].
    * demasiado poco común = all too rare.
    * demasiado precipitado = too hurried, too rush.
    * demasiado preciso = over-precise.
    * demasiado pronto = too soon.
    * demasiado puntilloso = hair-splitting [hairsplitting].
    * demasiado raro = all too rare.
    * demasiado recargado = glaring.
    * demasiados = too many, all too many, Número + too many.
    * demasiado seguro de uno mismo = overconfident.
    * demasiado simplificado = oversimplified [over-simplified].
    * demasiados participantes = too many cooks (spoil the broth).
    * demasiados pocos = all too few.
    * demasiado susceptible = oversensitive.
    * demasiado sutil = hair-splitting [hairsplitting].
    * demasiado tarde = too late.
    * demasiado temprano = too early.
    * demasiado tiempo = too long.
    * demasiado usado = overworked, overused [over-used].
    * desarrollarse demasiado pronto = peak + too early.
    * durante demasiado tiempo = for too long.
    * encabezamiento demasiado general = much-too-broad heading.
    * encarecer demasiado = price out of + the market, price out of + the reach.
    * encontrar Algo demasiado difícil = be out of + Posesivo + league.
    * enfatizar demasiado = overstress.
    * estar demasiado representado = overrepresent.
    * exigir demasiado = overtax.
    * exigir demasiado de = put + strain on.
    * fruta demasiado madura = overripe fruit.
    * gastar demasiado = overspend.
    * haber bebido demasiado = be over the limit.
    * hace demasiado tiempo = too long ago.
    * hilar demasiado fino = split + hairs.
    * horarios de trabajo demasiado cargados = over-long hours.
    * intentar abarcar demasiado = burn + the candle at both ends.
    * ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.
    * llegar demasiado lejos = go + too far.
    * llevar Algo demasiado lejos = push + Nombre + too far.
    * mimar demasiado = spoil + Nombre + rotten, overindulge.
    * no darle demasiada importancia a Algo = think + little of.
    * pagar demasiado = pay through + the nose.
    * prometer demasiado = over-promise.
    * proteger demasiado = overprotect.
    * que espera demasiado = over expectant.
    * regado con demasiada frecuencia = heavily watered.
    * ser Algo demasiado difícil para = be in over + Posesivo + head, be out of + Posesivo + depth.
    * ser demasiado = be over-provided, be a mouthful.
    * ser demasiado + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * ser demasiado común = be all too common.
    * ser demasiado precavido = err + on the side of caution.
    * ser demasiado tarde para echar atrás = reach + the point of no return.
    * sin pensarlo demasiado = off-the-cuff, off the top of + Posesivo + head.
    * tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.
    * utilizarse con demasiada frecuencia = be overworked.

    * * *
    demasiado1 -da
    le dio demasiado dinero he gave her too much money
    había demasiada gente there were too many people
    trajeron demasiadas cajas they brought too many boxes
    hace demasiado calor it's too hot
    aquí lo que hay es demasiado extranjero ( fam); there are far too many foreigners around here
    B ( fam)
    (en interjecciones): ¡qué demasiado! wow! ( colloq), that's incredible o amazing! ( colloq)
    A ‹pequeño/caliente/caro› too
    fue un esfuerzo demasiado grande para él it was too much of an effort for him
    es demasiado poco it isn't enough
    es demasiado largo (como) para que lo termine hoy it's too long for me to finish today
    B ‹comer/hablar› too much
    trabajas demasiado you work too hard
    C ( Méx) (muy) very
    demasiado3 -da
    no te preocupes, demasiado has hecho ya don't worry, you've done far too much already
    piden demasiado por la casa they're asking too much for the house
    somos demasiados there are too many of us
    hizo demasiados she made too many
    * * *

     

    demasiado 1
    ◊ -da adjetivo ( delante del n): demasiado dinero too much money;

    había demasiados coches there were too many cars;
    hace demasiado calor it's too hot
    ■ pronombre: es demasiado it's too much;
    somos demasiados there are too many of us;
    hizo demasiados she made too many
    demasiado 2 adverbio
    1 ‹pequeño/caliente/caro› too;

    2 ‹comer/hablar/preocuparse› too much;
    ‹ trabajar› too hard
    demasiado,-a
    I adj (cuando el sustantivo inglés es singular) too much
    (cuando el sustantivo inglés es plural) too many: hay demasiada pobreza, there is too much poverty
    guardas demasiados trastos, you keep too much junk
    había demasiada gente, there were too many people
    II adv (modificando un adjetivo) too: es demasiado pesado/caro, it is too heavy/expensive
    (modificando un verbo) bebe/habla demasiado, he drinks/talks too much
    ' demasiado' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    ancha
    - ancho
    - arriesgarse
    - caldosa
    - caldoso
    - clavar
    - complaciente
    - contemplar
    - demasiada
    - desventura
    - dulzón
    - dulzona
    - empalagar
    - herniarse
    - histriónica
    - histriónico
    - inasequible
    - interlineal
    - lejos
    - mucha
    - mucho
    - muy
    - pagadera
    - pagadero
    - rápida
    - rápido
    - razón
    - reciente
    - resultar
    - tardar
    - tozuda
    - tozudo
    - transigente
    - abrigado
    - alejar
    - apresurar
    - bastante
    - ceñir
    - confiar
    - demorar
    - detener
    - duro
    - enfriar
    - espacio
    - exigir
    - extender
    - impresión
    - junto
    - justo
    - para
    English:
    administration
    - age
    - assailant
    - attractive
    - awesome
    - boat
    - bristle
    - candle
    - carry
    - chew
    - close-fitting
    - commercialize
    - cord
    - deny
    - digestion
    - domineering
    - easy
    - expose
    - far
    - far-fetched
    - frame
    - gristle
    - late
    - lay on
    - limit
    - loud
    - moderately
    - much
    - obtrusive
    - over
    - overconfident
    - overdo
    - overgrown
    - overly
    - overpay
    - overwork
    - rank
    - scare
    - sentimental
    - something
    - space
    - spread
    - still
    - swallow up
    - take on
    - temptation
    - tight
    - to
    - too
    - weak
    * * *
    demasiado, -a
    ♦ adj
    [en exceso] too much; [plural] too many;
    demasiada comida too much food;
    demasiados niños too many children;
    aquí hay demasiado niño there are too many kids in here, this place is too full of kids;
    tiene demasiada estatura she's too tall;
    hay demasiado ruido it's too noisy;
    ¡esto es demasiado! [el colmo] this is too much!
    ♦ adj inv
    Esp Fam [genial] great, cool;
    esta discoteca es demasiado this club is something else;
    ¿que te has casado? ¡qué demasiado! you're married? too much!
    ♦ adv
    [en exceso] too much;
    * * *
    I adj too much; antes de pl too many;
    demasiada gente too many people;
    hace demasiado calor it's too hot
    II adv antes de adj, adv too; con verbo too much;
    ¡esto es demasiado! fig this is too much!
    * * *
    1) : too
    vas demasiado aprisa: you're going too fast
    2) : too much
    estoy comiendo demasiado: I'm eating too much
    demasiado, -da adj
    : too much, too many, excessive
    * * *
    demasiado1 adj
    demasiado2 adv
    1. (con adjetivos, adverbios) too
    2. (con verbos) too much
    demasiado3 pron
    ¿cuánto piden? Demasiado how much are they asking? Too much
    ¿cuántos has comido? Demasiados how many have you eaten? Too many

    Spanish-English dictionary > demasiado

  • 20 jugar

    v.
    1 to play (practicar un deporte, juego).
    jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards
    jugar en un equipo to play for a team
    jugar a las muñecas to play with one's dolls
    te toca jugar it's your turn o go
    jugar limpio/sucio to play clean/dirty
    Ellos juegan en la arena They play in the sand.
    Ellos juegan tenis They play tennis.
    2 to gamble.
    jugar a la lotería to play the lottery
    * * *
    (u changes to ue in stressed syllables and g changes to gu before e)
    Present Indicative
    juego, juegas, juega, jugamos, jugáis, juegan.
    Past Indicative
    jugué, jugaste, jugó, jugamos, jugasteis, jugaron.
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperative
    juega (tú), juegue (él/Vd.), juguemos (nos.), jugad (vos.), jueguen (ellos/Vds.).
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [niño, deportista] to play

    ¡si seguís así yo no juego! — if you carry on like that I'm not playing!

    • jugar a algo — to play sth

    • jugar con algo — to play with sth

    • jugar contra algn — to play (against) sb

    2) (=hacer una jugada)
    a) [en ajedrez, parchís] to move

    ¿quién juega? — whose move o turn o go is it?

    b) [con cartas] to play

    ¿quién juega? — whose turn o go is it?

    3) (=pretender ser)

    • jugar a algo — to play at being sth

    4)

    • jugar con —

    a) (=manosear) [gen] to play around with, mess around with; [distraídamente] to toy with, fiddle with

    no juegues con el enchufe, que es peligroso — don't play o mess around with the plug - it's dangerous

    estaba jugando con un bolígrafo mientras hablaba — he was toying o fiddling with a pen while he spoke

    b) (=no tomar en serio) [+ sentimientos] to play with

    es importante permanecer en el poder, pero no a costa de jugar con la opinión pública — it is important to stay in power, but not if it means gambling with public opinion

    c) (=utilizar) to play with
    5) (=influir)

    • jugar en contra de algo/algn — to work against sth/sb

    • jugar a favor de algo/algn — [situación] to work in sth/sb's favour o (EEUU) favor; [tiempo, destino] to be on sb's side

    6) (=apostar) to gamble
    7) (Bolsa) to speculate
    8) LAm (Mec) to move about
    2. VT
    1) [+ partida, partido] to play

    jugar la baza de algo —

    ¡me la han jugado! — I've been had! *

    su mujer se la jugaba con otro — LAm his wife was two-timing him *

    baza 2)
    2) [+ papel] to play
    3) (=apostar) to bet

    jugar cinco dólares a una carta — to bet o put five dollars on a card

    4) LAm [+ fútbol, tenis, ajedrez, póker] to play
    5) †† [+ espada, florete] to handle, wield
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( divertirse) to play

    jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

    ¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

    b) (Dep) to play

    jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

    me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

    d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble
    e) (fam) ( bromear)

    ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

    f) (Fin)

    jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

    a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with
    b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with
    3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

    jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody

    2.
    jugar vt
    1)
    a) <partido/carta> to play

    jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play
    2)
    a) ( apostar)
    b) ( sortear)
    3) <rol/papel> to play
    3.
    jugarse v pron
    a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)
    b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

    se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

    jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    c) ( apostarse) (recípr)
    * * *
    = gamble, play, game.
    Ex. In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.
    Ex. A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.
    Ex. The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.
    ----
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.
    * jugar a las apuestas = game.
    * jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.
    * jugar al azar = gamble.
    * jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.
    * jugar a los bolos = bowling.
    * jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar a los juegos = game.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.
    * jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.
    * jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.
    * jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.
    * jugar juegos = play + games.
    * jugar juntos = play along with.
    * jugar limpio = play + fair.
    * jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar un papel = play + role.
    * mientras juega = at play.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( divertirse) to play

    jugar al fútbol — (Esp, RPl) to play football

    ¿a qué jugamos? — what shall we play?

    b) (Dep) to play

    jugar limpio/sucio — to play fair/dirty

    c) (en ajedrez, damas) to move; ( en naipes) to play; ( en otros juegos) to play

    me tocaba jugar a mí — it was my turn/move/go

    d) ( apostar fuerte) to gamble
    e) (fam) ( bromear)

    ni por jugar: no lo hace ni por jugar — she wouldn't do it (even) if you paid her

    f) (Fin)

    jugaban al alza/a la baja — they were betting on a bull/bear market

    a) <persona/sentimientos> to play with, toy with
    b) ( manejar) <colores/luz> to play with
    3) factores/elementos ( actuar)

    jugar en contra de alguien — to work o count against somebody

    2.
    jugar vt
    1)
    a) <partido/carta> to play

    jugársela a alguien — to play a dirty trick on somebody

    b) (AmL exc RPl) <tenis/fútbol/ajedrez> to play
    2)
    a) ( apostar)
    b) ( sortear)
    3) <rol/papel> to play
    3.
    jugarse v pron
    a) ( gastarse en el juego) < sueldo> to gamble (away)
    b) ( arriesgar) <reputación/vida> to risk, put... at risk

    se lo jugó todo en el negocio — she staked o risked everything on the business

    jugarse el pellejo — (fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    c) ( apostarse) (recípr)
    * * *
    = gamble, play, game.

    Ex: In the case of bookshops the function of 'buying' calls for real skill since the bookseller is gambling with his (or her) capital in purchasing the goods.

    Ex: A man who witnesses said was intoxicated and playing with a handgun died last night after shooting himself in the head.
    Ex: The next thing you know, people will never leave their house for any real social interactions and everyone will be gaming all day long.
    * empezar a jugar mejor = get back into + the game.
    * jugar a la ruleta rusa = play + Russian roulette.
    * jugar a las apuestas = game.
    * jugar a las canicas = play + marbles.
    * jugar al azar = gamble.
    * jugar al dominó = play + dominoes.
    * jugar a los bolos = bowling.
    * jugar a lo seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar a los juegos = game.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + baza = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar bien + Posesivo + cartas = play + Posesivo + cards right.
    * jugar con = mess with, play + fast and loose with.
    * jugar con fuego = court + disaster, play with + fire, court + danger, flirt with + danger.
    * jugar de ala izquierda = play + the left wing.
    * jugar de extremo derecho = play + the left wing.
    * jugar juegos = play + games.
    * jugar juntos = play along with.
    * jugar limpio = play + fair.
    * jugar peligrosamente = flirt with + danger, court + danger.
    * jugarse cualquier cosa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el cuello = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse el pellejo = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).
    * jugarse el todo por el todo = take + the plunge, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la cabeza = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la camisa = bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugarse la piel = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * jugarse la vida = play + Russian roulette, risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb, bet + Posesivo + life.
    * jugárselo todo = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.
    * jugárselo todo a una sola carta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * jugar sobre seguro = play it + safe.
    * jugar un papel = play + role.
    * mientras juega = at play.
    * partido que se juega en casa = home game.
    * partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.

    * * *
    jugar [ A15 ]
    vi
    A
    1 (divertirse) to play
    ¿puedo salir a jugar? can I go out to play?
    ¡deja de jugar con el televisor! stop playing around o messing around with the television!
    jugar A algo to play sth
    jugar al fútbol/a la pelota to play football/ball
    ¿a qué jugamos? what shall we play?
    juegan a las cartas por dinero they play cards for money
    jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls
    juguemos a que yo era la maestra let's pretend I'm the teacher
    jugar A + INF:
    le gusta jugar a ser el jefe he likes playing (at being) boss
    está jugando a ser la hija modelo she's playing (the part of) the model daughter
    2 ( Dep) to play
    juegan mañana contra el Atlético they're playing (against) Atlético tomorrow
    jugar limpio (en deportes) to play fair; (en negocios) to play the game, play fair
    jugar sucio (en deportes) to play dirty ( colloq) (en negocios) to be underhand, play dirty
    3 (hacer una jugada — en ajedrez, damas) to move; (— en naipes) to play; (en otros juegos) to play, go ( colloq)
    ¿quieres jugar de una vez? will you hurry up and move/play?
    me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move, it was my go ( colloq)
    4 (apostar fuerte) to gamble
    5 ( Inf) to game
    6 ( fam)
    (bromear): ¿tú le tiraste del pelo? — pero fue jugando or fue por jugar did you pull her hair? — I was only playing
    no sé por qué se ofendió, se lo dije jugando I don't know why he took offense, I was only joking o I only said it as a joke o in jest
    ni por jugar: no sube a un avión ni por jugar she wouldn't get on a plane (even) if you paid her
    7 ( Fin):
    jugaban al alza/a la baja they were betting on a bull/bear market
    1 (tratar sin respeto, sin seriedad) to play with
    ¿te das cuenta de que estás jugando con tu futuro? do you realize you're playing with your future o you're putting your future at risk?
    está jugando con tus sentimientos he's playing o toying with your feelings
    2 (manejar) to play with
    el artista juega con interesantes efectos de luz y sombra the artist plays with interesting effects of light and shade
    C
    «factores/elementos» (actuar): jugar a favor de algn to work in sb's favor
    jugar en contra de algn to work o count AGAINST sb
    ■ jugar
    vt
    A
    1 ‹partido/carta› to play ver tb carta
    jugársela a algn to play a dirty trick on sb, to do the dirty on sb ( BrE)
    2 ( AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/golf› to play; ‹ajedrez/póquer› to play
    B
    1 (apostar) jugar algo A algo to bet sth ON sth
    lo jugó todo al 17 he bet o put everything he had on number 17
    te juego una cerveza a que me cree I bet you a beer he believes me
    2
    (sortear): se juega mañana the draw takes place tomorrow
    C ‹rol/papel› to play
    1 (gastarse en el juego) ‹sueldo› to gamble, gamble away
    2 (arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk
    se lo jugó todo en el negocio she staked o risked everything on the business
    se jugaba su credibilidad ante el electorado he was putting his credibility with the voters on the line o at risk
    jugarse la vida or ( fam) el pellejo to risk one's life o ( colloq) one's neck
    nos habíamos jugado una comida y gané yo we'd bet a meal on it and I won
    * * *

     

    jugar ( conjugate jugar) verbo intransitivo
    1

    jugar a algo to play sth;

    jugar al fútbol (Esp, RPl) to play football;
    jugar a las muñecas to play with dolls;
    jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty
    b) (en ajedrez, damas) to move;

    ( en naipes) to play;
    ( en otros juegos) to play;
    ◊ me tocaba jugar a mí it was my turn/move/go


    2

    a) ‹persona/sentimientos› to play with, toy with

    b) ( manejar) ‹colores/luz/palabras› to play with

    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹partido/carta› to play

    b) (AmL exc RPl) ‹tenis/fútbol/ajedrez› to play

    2 ( apostar) jugar algo a algo to bet sth on sth
    3 ‹rol/papel› to play
    jugarse verbo pronominal

    b) ( arriesgar) ‹reputación/vida› to risk, put … at risk;


    c) ( apostarse) ( recípr):


    jugar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to play: ¿jugamos a las casitas?, shall we play house?
    jugar al baloncesto/parchís, to play basketball/ludo o Parcheesi(tm)
    2 (no tomar en serio, manipular) jugar con, to toy with
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to play: jugamos una partida de ajedrez, we had a game of chess
    2 (suponer, representar) su hija juega un papel central en su vida, her life revolves around her daughter
    3 (apostar) to bet, stake
    ♦ Locuciones: jugar con fuego, to play with fire
    jugar limpio/sucio, to play fair/dirty
    Fin jugar a la baja, to speculate on a drop in prices
    ' jugar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    baja
    - bajo
    - banda
    - barrio
    - carta
    - defensiva
    - escondidas
    - prenda
    - punta
    - retozar
    - sucia
    - sucio
    - talla
    - tejo
    - trineo
    - adivinanza
    - bolita
    - bolo
    - bolsa
    - campo
    - chueco
    - condición
    - corro
    - dado
    - dama
    - dardo
    - disfraz
    - dominó
    - escondite
    - gozar
    - juega
    - limpio
    - mal
    - mano
    - muñeca
    - pelota
    - roña
    - ventaja
    English:
    advantage
    - away
    - because
    - bowl
    - can
    - clean
    - dice
    - fair
    - fast
    - fiddle about with
    - for
    - forfeit
    - fortunately
    - foursome
    - gamble
    - hate
    - hide-and-seek
    - home
    - leapfrog
    - limber up
    - line up
    - move
    - outlet
    - play
    - replay
    - rough
    - slot machine
    - trifle
    - trump
    - ball
    - bet
    - card
    - hide
    - hop
    - instrumental
    - musical
    - out
    - partner
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [practicar un deporte, juego] to play;
    los niños juegan en el patio del colegio the children are playing in the playground;
    jugar al ajedrez/a las cartas to play chess/cards;
    jugar a la pelota/a las muñecas to play ball/with one's dolls;
    juegan a ser astronautas they're playing at astronauts;
    ¿a qué juegas? what are you playing?;
    Fam
    ¿tú a qué juegas, chaval? [en tono de enfado] what do you think you're playing at, pal?;
    les gusta jugar con la arena they like playing in the sand;
    jugar en un equipo to play for a team;
    te toca jugar it's your turn o go;
    jugar limpio/sucio to play fair/dirty;
    jugar a dos bandas to play a double game;
    jugar con fuego to play with fire;
    el que juega con fuego se quema if you play with fire you'll get burned;
    Fam
    o jugamos todos o se rompe la baraja either we all do it or nobody does
    2. [con dinero] to gamble (a on);
    jugó al bingo y perdió mucho dinero she played bingo and lost a lot of money;
    le gusta jugar en los casinos she likes gambling in casinos;
    jugar a la lotería to play the lottery;
    jugar a las quinielas to do the pools;
    le gusta jugar a los caballos he likes a bet on the horses;
    jugar a o [m5] en la Bolsa to speculate (on the Stock Exchange);
    Bolsa
    jugar al alza to try to bull the market, to speculate on share prices rising;
    Bolsa
    jugar a la baja to try to bear the market, to speculate on share prices falling;
    jugar fuerte to bet a lot of money
    3. [ser desconsiderado]
    jugar con alguien to play with sb;
    jugar con los sentimientos de alguien to toy with sb's feelings
    4. [influir]
    jugar a favor de alguien to work in sb's favour;
    el tiempo juega en su contra time is against her;
    el tiempo juega a nuestro favor time is on our side
    ♦ vt
    1. [partido, juego, partida] to play;
    [ficha, pieza] to move; [carta] to play;
    ¿jugamos un póquer? shall we have a game of poker?;
    jugó bien sus bazas o [m5] cartas she played her cards well
    2. [dinero] to gamble (a on);
    jugué 25 euros a mi número de la suerte I gambled 25 euros on my lucky number
    3. [desempeñar]
    jugar un papel [considerado incorrecto] to play a role;
    la creatividad juega un importante papel en nuestro trabajo creativity plays a very important part o role in our work
    * * *
    I v/t play
    II v/i
    1 play;
    jugar al baloncesto play basketball;
    jugar a la bolsa play the stock market;
    jugar con fuego fig play with fire;
    jugar limpio/sucio play clean/dirty
    2 con dinero gamble
    * * *
    jugar {44} vi
    1) : to play
    jugar a la pelota: to play ball
    2) apostar: to gamble, to bet
    3) : to joke, to kid
    jugar vt
    1) : to play
    jugar un papel: to play a role
    jugar una carta: to play a card
    2) : to bet
    * * *
    jugar vb
    1. (en general) to play
    ¡juguemos a las cartas! let's play cards!
    ¿juegas al fútbol? do you play football?
    2. (dinero) to bet [pt. & pp. bet]
    3. (apostar) to gamble

    Spanish-English dictionary > jugar

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • weak — W2S3 [wi:k] adj ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(physical)¦ 2¦(likely to break)¦ 3¦(character)¦ 4¦(without power)¦ 5¦(without interest)¦ 6¦(without energy)¦ 7¦(not good at doing something)¦ 8¦(money)¦ 9¦(argument/idea)¦ 10¦(drink)¦ …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • weak — [ wik ] adjective *** ▸ 1 lacking energy ▸ 2 lacking power ▸ 3 easily persuaded ▸ 4 bad in quality ▸ 5 likely to break/fail ▸ 6 with a lot of water ▸ 7 lacking strength ▸ 8 in linguistics 1. ) part of your body that is weak is not as strong or… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • weak — [[t]wi͟ːk[/t]] ♦♦ weaker, weakest 1) ADJ GRADED If someone is weak, they are not healthy or do not have good muscles, so that they cannot move quickly or carry heavy things. I was too weak to move or think or speak... His arms and legs were weak …   English dictionary

  • case — noun 1 example ADJECTIVE ▪ classic, textbook, typical ▪ clear, obvious, simple ▪ It was a simple case of mistaken identity …   Collocations dictionary

  • Weak reference — In computer programming, a weak reference is a reference that does not protect the referent object from collection by a garbage collector. An object referenced only by weak references is considered unreachable (or weakly reachable ) and so may be …   Wikipedia

  • weak */*/*/ — UK [wiːk] / US [wɪk] adjective Word forms weak : adjective weak comparative weaker superlative weakest 1) a) a person who is weak does not have much physical strength or energy The illness had left him too weak to speak. b) part of your body that …   English dictionary

  • Weak interaction — Standard model of particle physics …   Wikipedia

  • Weak inflection — In grammar, the term weak (originally coined in German: schwach ) is used in opposition to the term strong ( stark ) to designate a conjugation or declension when a language has two parallel systems. The only constant feature in all the… …   Wikipedia

  • Weak topology — This article discusses the weak topology on a normed vector space. For the weak topology induced by a family of maps see initial topology. For the weak topology generated by a cover of a space see coherent topology. In mathematics, weak topology… …   Wikipedia

  • Weak key — In cryptography, a weak key is a key which when used with a specific cipher, makes the cipher behave in some undesirable way. Weak keys usually represent a very small fraction of the overall keyspace, which usually means that if one generates a… …   Wikipedia

  • Weak gravitational lensing — While the presence of any mass bends the path of light passing near it, this effect rarely produces the giant arcs and multiple images associated with strong gravitational lensing. Most lines of sight in the universe are thoroughly in the weak… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»